Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark one)

x  Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

                                                                      OR

o Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

For the transition period from                                            to

 

Commission file number 001-15955

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

COLORADO

 

84-0826324

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

821 17th St.

 

 

Denver, CO

 

80202

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (303) 293-2265

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes    o          No    x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes    o          No    x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes    x          No    o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Large accelerated filer  o

 

Accelerated filer  x

Non-accelerated filer    o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is  a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes    o          No    x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2008, computed by reference to the closing price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $124,021,906.  Shares of voting stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock (as publicly reported by such persons pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s sole class of common stock March 10, 2009, was 23,403,587.

 

Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registrant’s 2009 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

2



Table of Contents

 

A WARNING ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This report contains forward-looking statements that describe CoBiz Financial’s future plans, strategies and expectations. All forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control and which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, performance or achievements contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “would,” “should,” “could” or “may.” Forward-looking statements speak only at the date they are made. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this report.

 

We undertake no obligation to publicly update or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Overview

 

CoBiz Financial Inc. (CoBiz or the Company) is a diversified financial holding company headquartered in Denver, CO. Through our subsidiary companies, we combine elements of personalized service found in community banks with sophisticated financial products and services traditionally offered by larger regional banks that we market to our targeted customer base of professionals, high-net-worth individuals and small to mid-sized businesses. At December 31, 2008, we had total assets of $2.7 billion, net loans of $2.0 billion and deposits of $1.6 billion. We were incorporated in Colorado on February 19, 1980, as Equitable Bancorporation, Inc. Prior to its initial public offering in June 1998, the Company was acquired by a group of private investors in September 1994.

 

Our wholly owned subsidiary CoBiz Bank (the Bank) is a full-service business banking institution serving two markets, Colorado and Arizona. In Colorado, the Bank operates under the name Colorado Business Bank and has 13 locations, including nine in the Denver metropolitan area, two in Boulder and two in the Vail area. In Arizona, the Bank operates under the name Arizona Business Bank and has eight locations serving the Phoenix metropolitan area and the surrounding area of Maricopa County. Each of the Bank’s locations is headed up by a local president with substantial decision-making authority. We focus on attracting and retaining high quality personnel by maintaining an entrepreneurial culture and a decentralized business approach. We centrally support our bank and fee-based businesses with back-office services from our downtown Denver office.

 

Our banking products are complemented by our fee-based business lines, which we first introduced in 1998 when we began offering trust and estate administration services. Through a combination of internal growth and acquisitions, our fee-based business lines have grown to include employee benefits brokerage and consulting, insurance brokerage, wealth transfer planning, investment banking and investment management services. We believe offering such complementary products allows us to both broaden our relationships with existing customers and attract new customers to our core business. In addition, we believe the fees generated by these services will increase our noninterest income and decrease our dependency on net interest income.

 

2007 Acquisition

 

On December 31, 2007, we acquired Wagner Investment Management, Inc. (Wagner), a Denver-based SEC-registered investment advisory firm providing investment management services for high-net-worth individuals and families, foundations and non-profit organizations. The acquisition was accounted for

 

3



Table of Contents

 

using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results of Wagner have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of purchase.

 

2008 Acquisition

 

On January 2, 2008, we acquired all the assets and employees of Bernard Dietrich & Associates (BDA), a Phoenix-based property & casualty (P&C) insurance broker, through our subsidiary, CoBiz Insurance, Inc. Founded in 1993, BDA (which is now operated by CoBiz Insurance, Inc. under the name CoBiz Insurance-AZ) provides commercial and personal property and casualty insurance brokerage, as well risk management consulting services to individuals and businesses.  The asset purchase was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results of BDA have been included in the consolidated financial statements in periods subsequent to January 2, 2008.

 

Operating Segments

 

We operate five distinct segments, as follows:

 

·                  Commercial Banking

·                  Investment Banking

·                  Investment Advisory and Trust

·                  Insurance

·                  Corporate Support and Other

 

These segments, excluding Corporate Support and Other, consist of various products and activities that are set forth in the following chart:

 

Commercial Banking through:

 

·    Commercial banking

Colorado Business Bank

 

·    Real estate banking

Arizona Business Bank

 

·    Private banking

 

 

·    Treasury management

Investment Banking through:

 

·    Merger and acquisition advisory services

Green Manning & Bunch, Ltd.

 

·    Institutional private placements of debt and equity

 

 

·    Strategic financial services

Investment Advisory and Trust through:

 

·    Customized client investment policy

Alexander Capital Management Group, Inc.

 

·    Proprietary bond and equity offerings

Wagner Investment Management, Inc.

 

·    Tailored asset allocation strategies

CoBiz Trust

 

·    Trust administration

 

 

·    Investment management

 

 

·    Estate settlements

 

 

·    Family office services

Insurance through:

 

·    Estate and business succession planning

CoBiz Insurance, Inc.

 

·    Employee benefits and retirement planning

Financial Designs, Ltd.

 

·    Executive compensation and benefits planning

 

 

·    Commercial lines

 

 

·    Private client

 

 

·    Risk management services

 

For a complete discussion of the segments included in our principal activities and for certain financial information for each segment, see Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Business Strategy

 

Our primary strategy is to differentiate ourselves from our competitors by providing our local presidents with substantial decision-making authority, and expanding our products and services to build long-term

 

4



Table of Contents

 

relationships that meet the needs of professionals, small to medium-sized businesses and high-net-worth individuals. In all areas of our operations, we focus on attracting and retaining the highest quality personnel by maintaining an entrepreneurial culture and decentralized business approach. In order to realize our strategic objectives, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

Organic Growth. We believe the Colorado and Arizona markets provide us with significant long-term opportunities for internal growth. These markets continue to be dominated by a number of large regional and national financial institutions that have acquired locally based banks. We believe this consolidation has created gaps in the banking industry’s ability to serve certain customers in these market areas because small and medium-sized businesses often are not large enough to warrant significant marketing focus and customer service from large banks. In addition, we believe these banks often do not satisfy the needs of professionals and high-net-worth individuals who desire personal attention from experienced bankers. Similarly, we believe many of the remaining independent banks in the region do not provide the sophisticated banking products and services such customers require. Through our ability to combine personalized service, experienced personnel who are established in their community, sophisticated technology and a broad product line, we believe we will continue to achieve strong internal growth by attracting customers currently banking at both larger and smaller financial institutions and by expanding our business with existing customers.

 

The following table details the percentage of deposits held by the Company in Arizona and Colorado, as well as other banks headquartered in our market areas and out-of-state banks as reported by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) at June 30, 2008.

 

(percentage of deposits)

 

Arizona

 

Colorado

 

CoBiz Bank

 

0.37

%

1.52

%

Other in-state banks

 

5.91

%

39.24

%

Out-of-state banks

 

93.72

%

59.24

%

Total

 

100.00

%

100.00

%

 

Our core banking franchise and six fee-based businesses have a large customer base of commercial and high-net-worth individuals with very similar profiles. To facilitate organic growth and cross-referrals between our business lines, we created CoBiz Advisors to focus on bringing a concentration of knowledge about each business line to a designated function. The mission of CoBiz Advisors is to unify our company for the benefit of clients and shareholders by serving as an additional resource for internal and external customers in delivering the full suite of the Company’s products and services.

 

De novo branching. We also intend to continue exploring growth opportunities to expand through de novo branching in areas with high concentrations of our target customers in Colorado, Arizona and other western states. This strategy has been successful in Colorado and is being implemented in the Arizona market. Since the acquisition of the Company by private investors in 1994, we have introduced nine Colorado and six Arizona de novo locations. Management continues to monitor opportunities for expansion in the western United States.

 

Fee-based business lines. We began offering trust and estate administration services in 1998; employee benefits brokerage and consulting in 2000; P&C insurance brokerage and investment banking services in 2001; and high-end life insurance, wealth transfer planning and investment management services in 2003. The 2007 addition of Wagner to CoBiz’s investment management offerings increased our reach in the Colorado market.  The 2008 acquisition of the assets and employees of BDA expanded the P&C business in the Arizona market.  We believe offering such complementary products allows us to both broaden our relationships with existing customers and attract new customers to our core business. In addition, we believe the fees generated by these services will increase our noninterest income and decrease our dependency on net interest income.

 

Establish strong brand awareness.  In 2007, we completed a project to clarify and strengthen the CoBiz brand, by focusing on the relationship between each of our business lines, our unique breadth of

 

5



Table of Contents

 

services and our exceptional reputation in the markets we serve. The project analysis included extensive customer and market research to help develop a cohesive and comprehensive approach to our internal and external communications efforts while leveraging the power of each subsidiary as part of the larger company. The branding initiative was executed across all our companies throughout 2007. The initiative has refined the brand platform and unified the look and feel of the CoBiz identity across the Company.

 

New product lines. We also will seek to grow through the addition of new product lines. Our product development efforts are focused on providing enhanced credit, treasury management, investment, insurance, deposit and trust products to our target customer base. In the past few years, we have:

 

·                  Greatly expanded our lending capabilities to allow for the origination of larger and more complex real estate loans, leveraged financings and cash flow lending;

 

·                  Introduced a non-collateralized Eurodollar sweep product as an alternative to the collateralized customer repurchase product we have traditionally offered;

 

·                  Begun offering remote deposit capture, which allows our customers to make deposits electronically from their office utilizing our software solution;

 

·                  Introduced a teller capture system which allows us to electronically capture, balance and archive all transactions delivered through our teller lines; and

 

·                  Introduced an interest-rate hedge program to our customers. The interest-rate hedge program allows us to offer derivative products such as swaps, caps, floors and collars to assist our customers in managing their interest-rate risk profile. In order to eliminate the interest-rate risk associated with offering these products, the Company enters into derivative contracts with third parties that are a near perfect offset to the customer contracts.

 

Expanding existing banking relationships. We are normally not a transactional lender and typically require that borrowers enter into a multiple-product banking relationship with us, including deposits and treasury management services, in connection with the receipt of credit from the Bank. We believe that such relationships provide us with the opportunity to introduce our customers to a broader array of the products and services offered by us and generate additional noninterest income. In addition, we believe this philosophy aids in customer retention.

 

Capitalizing on the use of technology. We believe we have been able to distinguish ourselves from traditional community banks operating in our market through the use of technology. Our data-processing system allows us to provide upgraded Internet banking, expanded treasury management products, check and document imaging, as well as a 24-hour voice response system. Other services currently offered by the Bank include retail and wholesale lockbox, positive pay, controlled disbursement, repurchase agreements and sweep investment accounts. In addition to providing sophisticated services for our customers, we utilize technology extensively in our internal systems and operational support functions to improve customer service, maximize efficiencies, and provide management with the information and analysis necessary to manage our growth effectively.

 

Emphasizing high-quality customer service. We believe our ability to offer high-quality customer service provides us with a competitive advantage over many regional banks that operate in our market areas. We emphasize customer service in all aspects of our operations and identify customer service as an integral component of our employee training programs. Moreover, we are constantly exploring methods to make banking an easier and more convenient process for our customers. For example, we offer a courier service to pick up deposits for customers who are not in close proximity to any of the Bank’s 21 locations, are not using our remote deposit capture product or simply do not have the time to go to the Bank.

 

Maintaining asset quality and controlling interest rate risk. We seek to maintain asset quality through a program that includes regular reviews of loans by responsible loan officers and ongoing monitoring of

 

6



Table of Contents

 

the loan portfolio by a loan review department that reports to the Chief Operations Officer of the Bank but submits reports directly to the audit committee of our Board of Directors. At December 31, 2008, our ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans was 2.02%, compared to 0.18% at December 31, 2007.  The slowdown in the overall economy has negatively impacted our asset quality, particularly in the Arizona market.  While our ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans has increased, it remains more favorable than our peer group as reported and defined by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC).

 

We seek to control our exposure to changing interest rates by attempting to maintain an interest rate profile within a narrow range around an earnings neutral position. An important element of this focus has been to emphasize variable-rate loans and investments funded by deposits that also mature or reprice over periods of 12 months or less.  We have also implemented interest rate floors in many of our variable rate loans in order to preserve our net interest income in the event of interest rate decreases.  We actively monitor our interest rate profile in regular meetings of our Asset-Liability Management Committee.

 

Achieving efficiencies and economies of scale through centralized administrative and support operations. We seek to maximize operational and support efficiencies in a manner consistent with maintaining high-quality customer service. We have consolidated various management and administrative functions, including accounting, data processing, bookkeeping, credit administration, loan operations, and investment and treasury management services at our downtown Denver office. Most recently, new positions within the Company including a Chief Operations Officer, Director of Deposit Services and a Director of Wealth Management were created to coordinate the growing operational departments, guide deposit gathering efforts of the Bank and enhance our wealth management products. We believe this structure allows our business development professionals to focus on customer service and sales strategies directed at each community that we serve.

 

Acquisitions. We intend to continue to explore acquisitions of financial institutions or financial service entities, including opportunities in Colorado, Arizona and other western states.  Our approach to expansion is predicated on recruiting key personnel to lead new initiatives. While we normally consider an array of new locations and product lines as potential expansion initiatives, we will generally proceed only upon identifying quality management personnel with a loyal customer following in the community or experienced in the product line that is the target of the initiative. We believe focusing on individuals who are established in their communities and experienced in offering sophisticated financial products and services will enhance our market position and add growth opportunities.  We believe the downturn in the financial services market during 2008 will increase acquisition opportunities as entities that are undercapitalized look to partner with a stronger financial entity at relatively low deposit premiums.  The Company has received support from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) and the Colorado Department of Banking to bid on institutions placed into receivership by the FDIC.

 

Market Areas Served

 

We operate in two of the fastest-growing western markets in the United States — Colorado and Arizona. These markets are currently dominated by a number of large regional and national financial institutions that have acquired locally based banks. The Company’s success is dependent to a significant degree on the economic conditions of these two geographical markets. Our market areas include the Denver metropolitan area, which is comprised of the counties of Denver, Boulder, Adams, Arapahoe, Douglas, Broomfield and Jefferson; the Vail Valley, in Eagle County; and the Phoenix metropolitan area, which is located principally in Maricopa County.

 

Colorado.  Denver’s economy has diversified over the years with significant representation in technology, communications, manufacturing, tourism, transportation, aerospace, biomedical and financial services. The Denver metropolitan area is one of the fastest-growing regions in the nation, helping to make Colorado the seventh-fastest growing state in the United States in terms of percentage population growth from April 2000 to July 2008. The population of the Denver and Boulder metropolitan regions have grown to include a workforce of more than 1.4 million at December 2008. The state’s preliminary unemployment

 

7



Table of Contents

 

rate at December 2008 was 6.1%, the highest rate since 2003, but below the 2008 national average of 7.2%.

 

We have two locations each in downtown Denver, Boulder, Littleton and the Vail Valley, and one location each in Commerce City, Cherry Creek, the Denver Technological Center (DTC), Golden and Louisville. The following is selected additional market data regarding the Colorado markets we serve:

 

·      Downtown Denver and the DTC are the main business centers of metropolitan Denver. The area around the DTC features a high concentration of office parks and businesses. A large number of high-net-worth individuals live and work in the area.

 

·      Boulder has one of the highest concentrations of small businesses and affluent individuals in the Rocky Mountain region.

 

·      The Commerce City location is uniquely situated to serve Denver’s growing northeast communities due to its position adjacent to the Denver International Airport and Interstate 70, eight miles from downtown Denver.

 

·      The Littleton locations serve a more residential area, including Highlands Ranch, one of the fastest growing communities in the Denver metropolitan area.

 

·      The western metropolitan area served by the Golden location contains a number of newer industrial and office parks.

 

·      The Louisville location serves the growing area between Denver and Boulder, with an estimated 1.5 million people within a 20-mile radius.

 

·      The Vail Valley location is anchored by Vail, a prime mountain resort with a construction market for high-end primary and secondary homes.

 

Arizona. Arizona’s primary economic sectors include trade, manufacturing, mining, agriculture, construction, tourism and services, which is the largest economic sector. Arizona consistently had one of the highest population growth rates in the nation during the latter half of the twentieth century, including being one of the fastest-growing states in terms of percentage population growth from April 2000 to July 2008, second only to Nevada. This population growth has been the primary driver behind the Arizona economy. Our banks are located in Maricopa County, one of the nation’s largest counties in terms of population size. Approximately 60% of Arizona’s population, or 3.1 million, reside in Maricopa County. Through December 2008, the Phoenix metropolitan area saw a 4.5% decline in its nonfarm employment base from December 2007, the first annual decline since 2001. The preliminary December 2008 unemployment rate for Arizona was 6.9%, significantly higher than the 4.2% rate at December 2007. The following is selected additional market data regarding the Arizona markets we serve:

 

·      Our Arizona banks are located in Maricopa County. More than half of Arizona’s population resides in Maricopa County, which includes the cities of Phoenix, Mesa, Scottsdale, Surprise, Sun City, Glendale, Chandler, Tempe and Peoria.

 

·      The East Valley office serves the areas of Mesa and Gilbert. The East Valley has more than 1.5 million residents and accounts for nearly half of the Metro Phoenix population.

 

·      Chandler, a suburb of Phoenix, serves a community that has become home to businesses and industries of all sizes. Chandler is known as the “Silicon Desert” due to its concentration of high-technology jobs.

 

·      The office in Surprise is strategically located to serve the large population of retired persons living in the suburbs of Phoenix. The customers in this demographic group usually prefer the personal service of a community bank to the more impersonal service of a large financial institution.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

·      The offices in Scottsdale are located in one of the most desirable areas within metropolitan Phoenix, from both a residential and employment perspective. The Scottsdale area continues to experience faster job growth than population growth.

 

·      The office in Tempe is located in the center of the Phoenix metropolitan area. Tempe has the highest concentration of businesses in Arizona, with more than 15% of all Arizona high-tech firms located in the area.

 

Competition

 

CoBiz and its subsidiaries face competition in all of our principal business activities, not only from other financial holding companies and commercial banks, but also from savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, mortgage companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, investment advisors, mutual funds, securities brokers and dealers, investment banks, other domestic and foreign financial institutions, and various nonfinancial institutions.  In addition, during 2008 a number of traditional investment banks converted into bank holding companies, which may increase competition for deposits.

 

By virtue of their larger capital bases or affiliation with larger multi-bank holding companies, many of our competitors have substantially greater capital resources and lending limits than we do and perform functions we offer only through correspondents. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows may be adversely affected by an increase in competition. Moreover, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act has expanded the ability of participants in the banking and thrift industries to engage in other lines of business. This Act could put us at a competitive disadvantage because we may not have the capital to participate in other lines of business to the same extent as more highly capitalized banks and thrift holding companies.

 

Please see “Risk Factors — Our business and financial condition may be adversely affected by competition,” below for additional information.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2008, we had 554 employees, including 535 full-time equivalent employees. Employees of the Company enjoy a variety of employee benefit programs, including: stock option plans; an employee stock purchase plan; a 401(k) plan; various comprehensive medical, accident and group life insurance plans; and paid vacations. No Company employee is covered by a collective bargaining agreement and we believe our relationship with our employees to be excellent.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

CoBiz and the Bank are extensively regulated under federal, Colorado and Arizona law. These laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors and federal deposit insurance funds, not shareholders of CoBiz. The following information summarizes certain material statutes and regulations affecting CoBiz and the Bank, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. Any change in applicable laws, regulations or regulatory policies may have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of CoBiz and the Bank. We are unable to predict the nature or extent of the effects that fiscal or monetary policies, economic controls, or new federal or state legislation may have on our business and earnings in the future.

 

The Holding Company

 

General. CoBiz is a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the BHCA), and is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FRB. CoBiz is

 

9



Table of Contents

 

required to file an annual report with the FRB and such other reports as may be required pursuant to the BHCA.

 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934. CoBiz has a class of securities registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act). The Exchange Act requires the Company to file periodic reports with the SEC, governs the Company’s disclosure in proxy solicitations and regulates insider trading transactions.  The Company is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market (NASDAQ) and is subject to the rules of the NASDAQ.

 

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA).  Deteriorating market conditions in 2008 led to the issuance of the EESA that was signed into law on October 3, 2008.  The EESA authorized the Troubled Asset Relief Plan (TARP) with an objective to ease the downturn in the credit cycle.  The TARP provides up to $700 billion to the Department of the Treasury (Treasury) to buy mortgages and other troubled assets, to provide guarantees and to inject capital into financial institutions.  As part of the $700 billion TARP, the Department of the Treasury established a Capital Purchase Program (CPP), which allows the Treasury to purchase up to $250 billion of senior preferred shares issued by U.S. financial institutions.  The EESA also temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor until December 31, 2009 and accelerated the date on which the FRB will begin paying interest on required and excess reserve balances.

 

On December 19, 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with the Treasury pursuant to the CPP to issue shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the Series B Preferred Stock) for an aggregate purchase price of $64,450,000.  The Company also issued a warrant with a 10-year term to acquire 895,968 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $10.79.  Participation in the CPP limits the amount of executive compensation that is deductible for tax purposes to $500,000; requires Treasury approval prior to any increase in common stock dividends; and requires Treasury approval prior to any common stock repurchases.  In addition, if dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are not paid in full for six dividend periods, the Treasury will have the right to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of Directors.  The right to elect directors will end when full dividends have been paid for four consecutive dividend periods.

 

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 ( ARRA).  To further stimulate the lagging economy, President Barack Obama signed the ARRA into law on February 17, 2009.  Title VII of the ARRA contains limits on executive compensation for senior executive officers of participants in the CPP for as long as any financial assistance provided under the TARP remain outstanding.  The limitations include a prohibition on incentives that may encourage unsafe behavior; a provision for the recovery of bonuses in the event of materially inaccurate financial statements; a prohibition on the payment of golden parachutes; and the prohibition of the accrual or payment of any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation.  The prohibition on retention awards does not include the issuance of restricted stock as long as the restricted stock does not fully vest during the period in which the Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding and the fair value of the award does not exceed 1/3 of the receiving officers annual compensation.  These limitations will apply to the five most highly compensated employees of the Company, or such number of employees as the Treasury may deem necessary.  The ARRA also removed restrictions under the CPP plan that restricted the redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock by the Company unless certain conditions were met.  The Series B Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company subject to approval from the FRB.

 

Acquisitions. As a financial holding company, we are required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB before acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a bank or bank holding company. The FRB will not approve any acquisition, merger or consolidation that would result in substantial anti-competitive effects, unless the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are outweighed by a greater public interest in meeting the needs and convenience of the public. In reviewing applications for such transactions, the FRB also considers managerial, financial, capital and other factors, including the record of performance of the applicant and the bank or banks to be

 

10



Table of Contents

 

acquired under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (the CRA). See “— The Bank — Community Reinvestment Act” below.

 

Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended (the 1994 Act). The 1994 Act displaces state laws governing interstate bank acquisitions. Under the 1994 Act, a financial or bank holding company may, subject to some limitations, acquire a bank outside of its home state without regard to local law. Thus, an out-of-state holding company could acquire the Bank, and we can acquire banks outside of Colorado.

 

All acquisitions pursuant to the 1994 Act require regulatory approval. In reviewing applications under the 1994 Act, an applicant’s record under the CRA must be considered, and a determination must be made that the transaction will not result in any violations of federal or state antitrust laws. In addition, there is a limit of 25% on the amount of deposits in insured depository institutions in both Colorado and Arizona that can be controlled by any bank or bank holding company.

 

The 1994 Act also permits bank subsidiaries of a financial or bank holding company to act as agents for affiliated institutions by receiving deposits, renewing time deposits, closing loans, servicing loans and receiving payments on loans. As a result, a relatively small Colorado or Arizona bank owned by an out-of-state holding company could make available to customers in Colorado and Arizona some of the services of a larger affiliated institution located in another state.

 

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the GLB Act). The GLB Act eliminates many of the restrictions placed on the activities of certain qualified financial or bank holding companies. A “financial holding company” such as CoBiz can expand into a wide variety of financial services, including securities activities, insurance and merchant banking without the prior approval of the FRB, provided that certain conditions are met, including a requirement that all subsidiary depository institutions be “well capitalized.”

 

Dividend Restrictions.  Dividends on the Company’s capital stock (common and preferred stock) are prohibited under the terms of the junior subordinated debenture agreements (see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) if the Company is in continuous default on its payment obligations to the capital trusts, has elected to defer interest payments on the debentures or extends the interest payment period.  At December 31, 2008, the Company was not in default on any of the junior subordinated debt issuances.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the agreement executed in the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, the ability of the Company to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of its common stock will be subject to restrictions in the event that the Company fails to declare and pay full dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock.  In addition, the Company may not increase its dividend prior to the earlier of 1) three years from the date of the issuance or 2) the date on which the Series B Preferred Stock is redeemed in whole.

 

Capital Adequacy. The FRB monitors, on a consolidated basis, the capital adequacy of financial or bank holding companies that have total assets in excess of $150 million by using a combination of risk-based and leverage ratios. Failure to meet the capital guidelines may result in the application by the FRB of supervisory or enforcement actions. Under the risk-based capital guidelines, different categories of assets, including certain off-balance sheet items, such as loan commitments in excess of one year and letters of credit, are assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset base. For purposes of the risk-based capital guidelines, total capital is defined as the sum of “Tier 1” and “Tier 2” capital elements, with Tier 2 capital being limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital includes, with certain restrictions, common shareholders’ equity, perpetual preferred stock (no more than 25% of Tier 1 capital being comprised of cumulative preferred stock or trust preferred stock) and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries. Tier 2 capital includes, with certain limitations, perpetual preferred stock not included in Tier 1 capital, certain maturing capital instruments and the allowance for loan losses (limited to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets). The regulatory guidelines require a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8% (of which at least 4% must be in the form of Tier 1 capital). The FRB

 

11



Table of Contents

 

has also implemented a leverage ratio, which is defined to be a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its average total consolidated assets. The FRB has established a minimum ratio of 3% for “strong holding companies” as defined by the FRB. For most other holding companies, the minimum required leverage ratio is 4%, but may be higher based on particular circumstances or risk profile.

 

For regulatory capital purposes, the Series B Preferred Stock is treated the same as noncumulative perpetual preferred stock as an unrestricted core capital element included in Tier 1 Capital.

 

The table below sets forth the capital ratios of the Company:

 

 

 

At December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum

 

Ratio

 

Actual

 

Required

 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

 

14.5

%

8.0

%

Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets

 

12.3

%

4.0

%

Tier I leverage ratio

 

10.4

%

4.0

%

 

Support of Banks. As discussed below, the Bank is also subject to capital adequacy requirements. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (the FDICIA), CoBiz could be required to guarantee the capital restoration plan of the Bank, should the Bank become “undercapitalized” as defined in the FDICIA and the regulations thereunder. See “— The Bank — Capital Adequacy.”  Our maximum liability under any such guarantee would be the lesser of 5% of the Bank’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to bring the Bank into compliance with the capital plan. The FRB also has stated that financial or bank holding companies are subject to the “source of strength doctrine.”   The “source of strength doctrine” requires such holding companies to serve as a source of “financial and managerial” strength to their subsidiary banks and to not conduct operations in an unsafe or unsound manner.

 

The FDICIA requires the federal banking regulators to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital-deficient institutions. In addition to requiring the submission of a capital restoration plan, the FDICIA contains broad restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions involving asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment and expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons, if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The Sarbanes-Oxley Act is intended to address systemic and structural weaknesses of the capital markets in the United States that were perceived to have contributed to corporate scandals. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also attempts to enhance the responsibility of corporate management by, among other things, (i) requiring the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of public companies to provide certain certifications in their periodic reports regarding the accuracy of the periodic reports filed with the SEC, (ii) prohibiting officers and directors of public companies from fraudulently influencing an accountant engaged in the audit of the company’s financial statements, (iii) requiring chief executive officers and chief financial officers to forfeit certain bonuses in the event of a restatement of financial results, (iv) prohibiting officers and directors found to be unfit from serving in a similar capacity with other public companies, (v) prohibiting officers and directors from trading in the company’s equity securities during pension blackout periods, and (vi) requiring the SEC to issue standards of professional conduct for attorneys representing public companies. In addition, public companies whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or association must satisfy the following additional requirements: (a) the company’s audit committee must appoint and oversee the company’s auditors; (b) each member of the company’s audit committee must be independent; (c) the company’s audit committee must establish procedures for receiving complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and audit-related matters; (d) the company’s audit committee must have the authority to engage independent advisors; and (e) the company must provide appropriate funding to its audit committee, as determined by the audit committee.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

The Bank

 

General. The Bank is a state-chartered banking institution, the deposits of which are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund of the FDIC, and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Colorado Division of Banking, the FRB and the FDIC. Prior to 2007, the Bank was a nationally chartered institution and also subject to the supervision of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). Pursuant to such regulations, the Bank is subject to special restrictions, supervisory requirements and potential enforcement actions. The FRB’s supervisory authority over CoBiz can also affect the Bank.

 

Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA requires the Bank to adequately meet the credit needs of the communities in which it operates. The CRA allows regulators to reject an applicant seeking, among other things, to make an acquisition or establish a branch, unless it has performed satisfactorily under the CRA. Federal regulators regularly conduct examinations to assess the performance of financial institutions under the CRA. In its most recent CRA examination, the Bank received a satisfactory rating.

 

USA Patriot Act of 2001. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the USA Patriot Act) is intended to allow the federal government to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money-laundering requirements. Among its provisions, the USA Patriot Act requires each financial institution to: (i) establish an anti-money-laundering program; (ii) establish due diligence policies, procedures and controls with respect to its private banking accounts and correspondent banking accounts involving foreign individuals and certain foreign banks; and (iii) avoid establishing, maintaining, administering or managing correspondent accounts in the United States for, or on behalf of, a foreign bank that does not have a physical presence in any country. In addition, the USA Patriot Act contains a provision encouraging cooperation among financial institutions, regulatory authorities and law enforcement authorities with respect to individuals, entities and organizations engaged in, or reasonably suspected of engaging in, terrorist acts or money laundering activities. Financial institutions must comply with Section 326 of the Act which provides minimum procedures for identification verification of new customers.  On March 9, 2006, the USA Patriot Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Reauthorization Act of 2005 ) was signed by the President to extend and modify the original Act.  The Reauthorization Act of 2005 makes permanent 14 of the original provisions of the USA Patriot Act that had been set to expire.

 

Transactions with Affiliates. The Bank is subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, which limits the amount of loans to, investments in and certain other transactions with affiliates of the Bank; requires certain levels of collateral for such loans or transactions; and limits the amount of advances to third parties that are collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates, unless the affiliate is a bank and is at least 80% owned by the Company. If the affiliate is a bank and is at least 80% owned by the Company, such transactions are generally exempted from these restrictions except as to “low quality” assets as defined under the Federal Reserve Act, and transactions not consistent with safe and sound banking practices. In addition, Section 23A generally limits transactions with a single affiliate of the Bank to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus and generally limits all transactions with affiliates to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus.

 

Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act requires that certain transactions between the Bank and any affiliate must be on substantially the same terms, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with, or involving, non-affiliated companies or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would apply to, non-affiliated companies. The aggregate amount of the Bank’s loans to its officers, directors and principal shareholders (or their affiliates) is limited to the amount of its unimpaired capital and surplus, unless the FDIC determines that a lesser amount is appropriate.

 

A violation of the restrictions of Section 23A or Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act may result in the assessment of civil monetary penalties against the Bank or a person participating in the conduct of the affairs of the Bank or the imposition of an order to cease and desist such violation.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Regulation W of the Federal Reserve Act, which became effective on April 1, 2003, addresses the application of Sections 23A and 23B to credit exposure arising out of derivative transactions between an insured institution and its affiliates and intra-day extensions of credit by an insured depository institution to its affiliates. The rule requires institutions to adopt policies and procedures reasonably designed to monitor, manage and control credit exposures arising out of transactions and to clarify that the transactions are subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

Dividend Restrictions. Dividends paid by the Bank and management fees from the Bank and our fee-based business lines provide substantially all of our cash flow. The approval of the Colorado Division of Banking is required prior to the declaration of any dividend by the Bank if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits of that year combined with the retained net profits for the preceding two years. In addition, the FDICIA provides that the Bank cannot pay a dividend if it will cause the Bank to be “undercapitalized.”  See “— The Bank — Capital Adequacy.”

 

Examinations. The FRB periodically examines and evaluates banks. Based upon such an evaluation, the examining regulator may revalue the assets of an insured institution and require that it establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference between the value determined by the regulator and the book value of such assets.

 

Capital Adequacy. Federal regulations establish minimum requirements for the capital adequacy of depository institutions that are generally the same as those established for bank holding companies. See “— The Holding Company — Capital Adequacy.”  Banks with capital ratios below the required minimum are subject to certain administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance and the appointment of a receiver, and may also be subject to significant operating restrictions pursuant to regulations promulgated under the FDICIA. See “— The Holding Company — Support of Banks.”

 

The following table sets forth the capital ratios of the Bank:

 

 

 

At December 31, 2008

 

Ratio

 

Actual

 

Minimum
Required

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

 

11.5

%

8.0

%

Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets

 

10.2

%

4.0

%

Tier I leverage ratio

 

8.6

%

4.0

%

 

Pursuant to the FDICIA, regulations have been adopted defining five capital levels: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Increasingly severe restrictions are placed on a depository institution as its capital level classification declines. An institution is critically undercapitalized if it has a tangible equity to total assets ratio less than or equal to 2%. An institution is adequately capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio less than 10%, but greater than or equal to 8%; or a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio less than 6%, but greater than or equal to 4%; or a leverage ratio less than 5%, but greater than or equal to 4% (3% in certain circumstances). An institution is well capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater; and the institution is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. Under these regulations, at December 31, 2008, the Bank was well capitalized, which places no significant restrictions on the Bank’s activities.

 

On November 2, 2007, the FRB approved final rules to implement new risk-based capital requirements for banking organizations with total assets of $250 billion or more or with consolidated total on-balance-sheet foreign exposure of $10 billion or more. The new risk-based regulatory capital framework, known as Basel II, consists of three pillars that address (1) risk-based capital requirements for credit risk, market risk and operational risk; (2) supervisory review of capital adequacy, which relates to an organization’s

 

14



Table of Contents

 

capital adequacy and internal assessment processes; and (3) market discipline. The final rules became effective in April 2008.

 

Internal Operating Requirements. Federal regulations promote the safety and soundness of individual institutions by specifically addressing, among other things: (1) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; (2) loan documentation; (3) credit underwriting; (4) interest rate exposure; (5) asset growth; and (6) compensation and benefit standards for management officials.

 

Real Estate Lending Evaluations. Federal regulators have adopted uniform standards for the evaluation of loans secured by real estate or made to finance improvements to real estate. The Bank is required to establish and maintain written internal real estate lending policies consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The Company has established loan-to-value ratio limitations on real estate loans, which are more stringent than the loan-to-value limitations established by regulatory guidelines.

 

Deposit Insurance Premiums. Under current regulations, FDIC-insured depository institutions that are members of the FDIC pay insurance premiums at rates based on their assessment risk classification, which is determined, in part, based on the institution’s capital ratios and on factors that the FDIC deems relevant to determine the risk of loss to the FDIC.  In 2007, the annual assessment rates changed to a range of 5-43 basis points, an increase from the 0-27 basis point range that had been in effect since 1996.  For the first quarter of 2009, the assessment rate range for Risk Category 1 institutions will increase to 12-14 basis points as part of the FDICs Restoration Plan for the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF).  This increase is necessary to replenish the DIF due to the number of recent failures of FDIC-insured institutions.  The FDIC has proposed assessment rates for the remainder of 2009 ranging from 8-21 basis points for Risk Category 1 institutions.  As part of the proposed assessments beginning April 1, 2009, the FDIC will introduce three new adjustments that may impact the assessment base.  These adjustments are for 1) a potential decrease for long-term unsecured debt, 2) a potential increase for secured liabilities above a threshold amount and 3) for non-risk category 1 institutions, a potential increase for brokered deposits above a threshold amount.  The assessment rates for Risk Categories II — IV range from 18-78 basis points.  A change in our risk category would negatively impact our assessment rates.

 

The amount an institution is assessed is based upon statutory factors that include the balance of insured deposits as well as the degree of risk the institution poses to the insurance fund and may be reviewed semi-annually. Additionally, all institutions insured by the FDIC Bank Insurance Fund are assessed fees to cover the debt of the Financing Corporation, the successor of the insolvent Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.  The current assessment rate effective for the first quarter of 2009 is 28.5 basis points (114 basis points annually).  The assessment rate is adjusted quarterly.

 

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP).  On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the enactment of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system.  Pursuant to the program, the FDIC will guarantee certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating financial institutions issued on or after October 14, 2008 and before June 30, 2009; and provide full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction accounts at participating FDIC-insured institutions through December 31, 2009.  All FDIC insured institutions were covered under the program until December 5, 2008, at no cost.  After December 5, 2008, the cost for institutions electing to participate is a 10-basis-point surcharge applied to balances covered by the noninterest-bearing deposit transaction account guarantee and 75 basis points of the eligible senior unsecured debt guaranteed under the program.  The Company elected to participate in both the unlimited coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts and the debt guarantee program.

 

Restrictions on Loans to One Borrower. Under federal law, the aggregate amount of loans that may be made to one borrower by the Bank is generally limited to 15% of its unimpaired capital, surplus, undivided profits and allowance for loan losses. The Bank seeks participations to accommodate borrowers whose financing needs exceed the Bank’s lending limits.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Fee-Based Business Lines

 

Alexander Capital Management Group, LLC (ACMG) and Wagner are registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Investment Advisers Act of 1940 imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers, including fiduciary duties, recordkeeping requirements, operational requirements and disclosure obligations. Virtually all aspects of ACMG’s and Wagner’s investment management business are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict them from carrying on its investment management business in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. In such event, the possible sanctions which may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, business limitations on engaging in the investment management business for specified periods of time, the revocation of any such company’s registration as an investment adviser, and other censures or fines.

 

Green Manning & Bunch, Ltd. (GMB), our investment banking subsidiary, is registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act and is subject to regulation by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). GMB is subject to the SEC’s net capital rule designed to enforce minimum standards regarding the general financial condition and liquidity of a broker-dealer. Under certain circumstances, this rule limits the ability of the Company to make withdrawals of capital and receive dividends from GMB. GMB’s regulatory net capital consistently exceeded such minimum net capital requirements in fiscal 2008. The securities industry is one of the most highly regulated in the United States, and failure to comply with related laws and regulations can result in the revocation of broker-dealer licenses, the imposition of censures or fines, and the suspension or expulsion from the securities business of a firm, its officers or employees.

 

Financial Designs Ltd. (FDL) provides wealth transfer planning through the use of life insurance products. State governments extensively regulate our life insurance activities. We sell our insurance products throughout the United States and the District of Columbia through licensed insurance producers. Insurance laws vary from state to state. Each state has broad powers over licensing, payment of commissions, business practices, policy forms and premium rates. While the federal government does not directly regulate the marketing of most insurance products, securities, including variable life insurance, are subject to federal securities laws. We market these financial products through M Holdings Securities, Inc., a registered broker-dealer and a member of the FINRA and Securities Investor Protection Corporation.

 

CoBiz Insurance Inc, acting as an insurance producer, must obtain and keep in force an insurance producer’s license with the State of Arizona and Colorado. In order to write insurance in other states, they are required to obtain non-resident insurance licenses. All premiums belonging to insurance carriers and all unearned premiums belonging to customers received by the agency must be treated in a fiduciary capacity. Insurance producers in Colorado are required to complete 24 hours biennially of continuing education and insurance producers in Arizona are required to complete 20 hours annually.

 

Changing Regulatory Structure

 

Regulation of the activities of national and state banks and their holding companies imposes a heavy burden on the banking industry. The FRB, FDIC, OCC (national charters only) and State banking divisions all have extensive authority to police unsafe or unsound practices and violations of applicable laws and regulations by depository institutions and their holding companies. These agencies can assess civil monetary penalties, issue cease and desist or removal orders, seek injunctions, and publicly disclose such actions.

 

The laws and regulations affecting banks and financial or bank holding companies have changed significantly in recent years, and there is reason to expect changes will continue in the future, although it is difficult to predict the outcome of these changes. From time to time, various bills are introduced in the United States Congress with respect to the regulation of financial institutions. Certain of these proposals, if adopted, could significantly change the regulation of banks and the financial services industry.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Monetary Policy

 

The monetary policy of the FRB has a significant effect on the operating results of financial or bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the FRB to affect the money supply are open market transactions in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. FRB monetary policies have materially affected the operations of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the business and earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted.

 

Website Availability of Reports Filed with the SEC

 

The Company maintains an Internet website located at www.cobizfinancial.com on which, among other things, the Company makes available, free of charge, various reports that it files with or furnishes to the SEC, including its annual reports, quarterly reports, current reports and proxy statements. These reports are made available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Additional information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The Company has also made available on its website its Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committee charters and corporate governance guidelines. The content on any website referred to in this filing is not incorporated by reference into this filing unless expressly noted otherwise.

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

 

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions may not stabilize the U.S. economy or the U.S. banking system.

 

On October 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law the EESA, which, among other measures, authorizes Treasury to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies, under TARP.  The purpose of TARP is to restore confidence and stability to the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to each other.  Under the CPP authorized by TARP (as well as the Capital Assistance Program announced on February 25, 2009), Treasury is purchasing equity securities from participating institutions.  The series B preferred stock and warrant offered by this prospectus were issued by us to Treasury pursuant to the CPP.  The EESA also increased federal deposit insurance on most deposit accounts from $100,000 to $250,000.  This increase is in place until the end of 2009 and is not covered by deposit insurance premiums paid by the banking industry.

 

The EESA followed, and has been followed by, numerous actions by the FRB, the U.S. Congress, Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and others to address the current liquidity and credit crisis that has followed the sub-prime meltdown that commenced in 2007.  These measures include homeowner relief that encourage loan restructuring and modification; the establishment of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the lowering of the federal funds rate; emergency action against short selling practices; a temporary guaranty program for money market funds; the establishment of a commercial paper funding facility to provide back-stop liquidity to commercial paper issuers; and coordinated international efforts to address illiquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector.  Most recently, on February 17, 2009, the ARRA was signed into law.  ARRA, more commonly known as the economic stimulus bill or economic recovery package, is intended to stimulate the economy and provides for broad infrastructure, education and health spending.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

In addition, the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, has issued an unprecedented wave of guidance in response to the credit crisis, including a relaxation of limits on the ability of financial institutions that undergo an “ownership change” to utilize their pre-change net operating losses and net unrealized built-in losses. The relaxation of these limits may make significantly more attractive the acquisition of financial institutions whose tax basis in their loan portfolios significantly exceeds the fair market value of those portfolios.

 

On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the establishment of a temporary liquidity guarantee program to provide full deposit insurance for all non-interest bearing transaction accounts and guarantees of certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies. Insured institutions were automatically covered by this program from October 14, 2008 until December 5, 2008, unless they opted out prior to that date.

 

The purpose of these legislative and regulatory actions is to stabilize the U.S. banking system. The EESA, the ARRA and the other regulatory initiatives described above may not have their desired effects. If the volatility in the markets continues and economic conditions fail to improve or worsen, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Difficult conditions in the financial services markets have adversely affected the business and results of operations of the Company, and we do not expect these conditions to improve in the near future.

 

Dramatic declines in the housing market during the prior year, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, have resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities but spreading to credit default swaps and other derivative securities, have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Many lenders and institutional investors have reduced and, in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers including other financial institutions. The Company has historically used federal funds purchased as a short-term liquidity source and, while the Company continues to actively use this source, further credit tightening in the market could reduce funding lines available to the Company.  This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally.

 

Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses.

 

As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure repayment.  Credit losses are inherent in the lending business and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.  We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for potential losses based on a number of factors.  If our assumptions are wrong, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover our losses, thereby having an adverse effect on our operating results, and may cause us to increase the allowance in the future.  In addition, although our level of delinquencies historically has been low, we have been increasing and expect to continue to increase the number and amount of loans we originate, and we cannot guarantee that we will not experience an increase in delinquencies and losses as these loans continue to age, particularly if the economic conditions in Colorado and Arizona further deteriorate.  The actual amount of future provisions for loan losses cannot be determined at any specific point in time and may exceed the amounts of past provisions.  Additions to our allowance for loan losses would decrease our net income.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

A majority of our loans are secured by real estate. This concentration, coinciding with a downturn in our real estate markets, could affect our business.

 

There has been a downturn in the real estate market, a slow-down in construction and an oversupply of real estate for sale in both 2007 and 2008.  This downturn, and any additional softening, in our real estate markets could hurt our business because a majority of our loans are secured by real estate. Real estate values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations and policies and acts of nature.  If real estate prices decline, the value of real estate collateral securing our loans could be reduced.  Our ability to recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral would then be diminished, and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans. At December 31, 2008, approximately 70% of the book value of our loan portfolio consisted of loans collateralized by various types of real estate. Substantially all of our real property collateral is located in Arizona and Colorado. Any such downturn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our commercial and construction loans are subject to various lending risks depending on the nature of the borrower’s business, its cash flow and our collateral.

 

Our commercial real estate loans involve higher principal amounts than other loans, and repayment of these loans may be dependent on factors outside our control or the control of our borrowers. Repayment of commercial real estate loans is generally dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Rental income may not rise sufficiently over time to meet increases in the loan rate at repricing or increases in operating expenses, such as utilities and taxes. As a result, impaired loans may be more difficult to identify without some seasoning. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate often depend upon the successful operation and management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be affected by factors outside the borrower’s control, such as adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy or changes in government regulation. If the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the security for the loan may be impaired.

 

Repayment of our commercial loans is often dependent on cash flow of the borrower, which may be unpredictable, and collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Generally, this collateral is accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or real estate. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. Other collateral securing loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

 

Our construction loans are based upon estimates of costs to construct and the value associated with the completed project. These estimates may be inaccurate due to the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property making it relatively difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. As a result, construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. Delays in completing the project may arise from labor problems, material shortages and other unpredictable contingencies. If the estimate of construction costs is inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds to complete construction. If our appraisal of the value of the completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project.

 

Changes in economic conditions may cause us to incur loan losses.

 

The inability of borrowers to repay loans can erode our earnings and capital.  Our loan portfolio is somewhat less diversified than that of a traditional community bank because it includes a higher concentration of larger commercial and real estate loans.  Substantially all of our loans are to businesses and individuals in the Denver and Phoenix metropolitan areas, and any further economic decline in these

 

19



Table of Contents

 

market areas could result in increased delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures, reduced collateral value and reduced demand for loans and other products and services and, accordingly, could impact us adversely.

 

Our consumer loans generally have a higher risk of default than our other loans.

 

Consumer loans entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciating assets. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of damage, loss or depreciation. The remaining deficiency often does not warrant further collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various Federal and state laws, including Federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

 

The Company may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

 

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse affect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The securities purchase agreement between us and Treasury permits Treasury to impose additional restrictions on us retroactively.

 

The securities purchase agreement we entered into with Treasury permits Treasury to unilaterally amend the terms of the securities purchase agreement to comply with any changes in federal statutes after the date of its execution.  ARRA imposed additional executive compensation and expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients, including us, until we have repaid Treasury.  These additional restrictions may impede our ability to attract and retain qualified executive officers.  ARRA also permits TARP recipients to repay the Treasury without penalty or requirement that additional capital be raised, subject to Treasury’s consultation with our primary federal regulator while the securities purchase agreement required that, for a period of three years, the series B preferred stock could generally only be repaid if we raised additional capital to repay the securities and such capital qualified as Tier 1 capital.  Additional unilateral changes in the securities purchase agreement could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Recent supervisory guidance on commercial real estate concentrations could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business.

 

The OCC, the FRB and the FDIC recently finalized joint supervisory guidance on sound risk management practices for concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance is intended to help ensure that institutions pursuing a significant commercial real estate lending strategy remain healthy and profitable while continuing to serve the credit needs of their communities. The agencies are concerned that rising commercial real estate loan concentrations may expose institutions to unanticipated earnings and capital volatility in the event of adverse changes in commercial real estate markets. The guidance reinforces and enhances existing regulations and guidelines for safe and sound real estate lending. The guidance provides supervisory criteria, including numerical indicators to assist in identifying institutions with potentially significant commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny. The guidance does not limit banks’ commercial real estate lending, but rather guides

 

20



Table of Contents

 

institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentrations. Lending and risk management practices of the Company will be taken into account in supervisory evaluation of capital adequacy. Our commercial real estate portfolio at December 31, 2008 meets the definition of commercial real estate concentration as set forth in the final guidelines. If our risk management practices are found to be deficient, it could result in increased reserves and capital costs.

 

To the extent that any of the real estate securing our loans becomes subject to environmental liabilities, the value of our collateral will be diminished.

 

In certain situations, under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations as well as the common law, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the cost of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on such property or damage to property or personal injury. Such laws may impose liability whether or not the owner or operator was responsible for the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. Environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which properties may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require expenditures by one or more of our borrowers. Such laws may be amended so as to require compliance with stringent standards which could require one or more of our borrowers to make unexpected expenditures, some of which could be substantial. Environmental laws provide for sanctions in the event of noncompliance and may be enforced by governmental agencies or, in certain circumstances, by private parties. One or more of our borrowers may be responsible for such costs which would diminish the value of our collateral. The cost of defending against claims of liability, of compliance with environmental regulatory requirements or of remediating any contaminated property could be substantial and require a material portion of the cash flow of one or more of our borrowers, which would diminish the ability of any such borrowers to repay our loans.

 

Changes in interest rates may affect our profitability.

 

Our profitability is, in part, a function of the spread between the interest rates earned on investments and loans, and the interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest spread and margin will be affected by general economic conditions and other factors, including fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, that influence market interest rates and our ability to respond to changes in such rates. At any given time, our assets and liabilities structures are such that they are affected differently by a change in interest rates. As a result, an increase or decrease in interest rates, the length of loan terms or the mix of adjustable and fixed-rate loans in our portfolio could have a positive or negative effect on our net income, capital and liquidity. We have traditionally managed our assets and liabilities in such a way that we have a positive interest rate gap. As a general rule, banks with positive interest rate gaps are more likely to be susceptible to declines in net interest income in periods of falling interest rates and are more likely to experience increases in net interest income in periods of rising interest rates.  In addition, an increase in interest rates may adversely affect the ability of some borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their loans.

 

Our ability to grow is substantially dependent upon our ability to increase our deposits.

 

Our primary source of funding growth is through deposit accumulation. Our ability to attract deposits is significantly influenced by general economic conditions, changes in money market rates, prevailing interest rates and competition. If we are not successful in increasing our current deposit base to a level commensurate with our funding needs, we may have to seek alternative higher cost wholesale financing sources or curtail our growth.

 

Our fee-based businesses are subject to quarterly and annual volatility in their revenues and earnings.

 

Our fee-based businesses have historically experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, quarterly and annual volatility in revenues and earnings.  With respect to our investment banking services

 

21



Table of Contents

 

segment, GMB, the delay in the initiation or the termination of a major new client engagement, or any changes in the anticipated closing date of client transactions can directly affect revenues and earnings for a particular quarter or year.  With respect to our insurance segment, CoBiz Insurance Inc. and FDL., our revenues and earnings also can experience quarterly and annual volatility, depending on the timing of the initiation or termination of a major new client engagement.  In addition, a substantial portion of the revenues and earnings of our insurance segment are often generated during our fourth quarter as many of their clients seek to finalize their wealth transfer and estate plans by year end.  With respect to our investment advisory businesses, ACMG and Wagner, our revenues and earnings are dependent on the value of our assets under management, which in turn are heavily dependent upon general conditions in debt and equity markets.  Any significant volatility in debt or equity markets are likely to directly affect revenues and earnings of ACMG and Wagner for a particular quarter or year.

 

We must evaluate whether any portion of our recorded goodwill is impaired.  Impairment testing may result in a material, non-cash write-down of our goodwill assets and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

 

At December 31, 2008, goodwill represented approximately 1.7% of our total assets. We have recorded goodwill because we paid more for some of our businesses than the fair market value of the tangible and separately measurable intangible net assets of those businesses. Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, we must test our goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment at least annually (or whenever events occur which may indicate possible impairment).  Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired.  If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, goodwill is considered impaired.  We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using market multiples of comparable entities, including recent transactions, or a combination of market multiples and a discounted cash flow methodology.  Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires a high degree of subjective management assumption.  Discounted cash flow valuation models are utilized that incorporate such variables as revenue growth rates, expense trends, discount rates and terminal values.  Based upon an evaluation of key data and market factors, management selects from a range the specific variables to be incorporated into the valuation model.  Any changes in key assumptions about our business and its prospects, changes in market conditions or other externalities, for impairment testing purposes could result in a non-cash impairment charge and such a charge could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations.

 

We rely heavily on our management, and the loss of any of our senior officers may adversely affect our operations.

 

Consistent with our policy of focusing growth initiatives on the recruitment of qualified personnel, we are highly dependent on the continued services of a small number of our executive officers and key employees. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The failure to recruit and retain key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We may experience difficulties in managing our growth.

 

As part of our strategy, we may expand into additional communities or attempt to strengthen our position in our current markets by undertaking additional de novo branch openings or new bank formations. We believe that it may take up to 18 months for new banking facilities to first achieve operational profitability due to the impact of overhead expenses, and the start-up phase of generating loans and deposits. To the extent that we undertake growth initiatives, we are likely to continue to experience the effects of higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations, which may have an adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, return on average equity and return on average assets.

 

22


 


Table of Contents

 

In addition, we may acquire financial institutions and related businesses that we believe provide a strategic fit with our business. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we may not be able to adequately and profitably manage such growth. Acquiring other financial institutions and businesses involves risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including:

 

·                  potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of financial institutions and other businesses we acquire;

·                  exposure to potential asset quality issues of the acquired banks or businesses;

·                  difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of banks and businesses we acquire;

·                  potential disruption to our business;

·                  potential diversion of our management’s time and attention; and

·                  the possible loss of key employees and customers of the banks and businesses we acquire.

 

Our business and financial condition may be adversely affected by competition.

 

The banking business in the Denver and Phoenix metropolitan areas is highly competitive and is currently dominated by a number of large regional and national financial institutions. In addition to these regional and national banks, there are a number of smaller commercial banks that operate in these areas. We compete for loans and deposits with banks, savings and loan associations, finance companies, credit unions, and mortgage bankers. In addition to traditional financial institutions, we also compete for loans with brokerage and investment banking companies, and governmental agencies that make available low-cost or guaranteed loans to certain borrowers. Particularly in times of high interest rates, we also face significant competition for deposits from sellers of short-term money market securities and other corporate and government securities.  In addition, during 2008 a number of traditional investment banks converted into bank holding companies, which may increase competition for deposits.

 

By virtue of their larger capital bases or affiliation with larger multibank holding companies, many of our competitors have substantially greater capital resources and lending limits than we have and perform other functions that we offer only through correspondents. Interstate banking and unlimited state-wide branch banking are permitted in Colorado and Arizona. As a result, we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, greater competition in our primary service areas. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by competition, including any increase in competition. Moreover, recently enacted and proposed legislation has focused on expanding the ability of participants in the banking and thrift industries to engage in other lines of business. The enactment of such legislation could put us at a competitive disadvantage because we may not have the capital to participate in other lines of business to the same extent as more highly capitalized financial service holding companies.

 

We may be required to make capital contributions to the Bank if it becomes undercapitalized.

 

Under federal law, a bank holding company may be required to guarantee a capital plan filed by an undercapitalized bank subsidiary with its primary regulator. If the subsidiary defaults under the plan, the holding company may be required to contribute to the capital of the subsidiary bank in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the Bank’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to bring the Bank into compliance with applicable capital standards. Therefore, it is possible that we will be required to contribute capital to our subsidiary bank or any other bank that we may acquire in the event that such bank becomes undercapitalized. If we are required to make such capital contribution at a time when we have other significant capital needs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

We continually encounter technological change, and we may have fewer resources than our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements.

 

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of

 

23



Table of Contents

 

technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.

 

An interruption in or breach in security of our information systems may result in a loss of customer business.

 

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposits, servicing or loan origination systems.  The occurrence of any failures or interruptions could result in a loss of customer business and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We are subject to significant government regulation, and any regulatory changes may adversely affect us.

 

The banking industry is heavily regulated under both federal and state law. These regulations are primarily intended to protect customers, not our creditors or shareholders. As a financial holding company, we are also subject to extensive regulation by the FRB, in addition to other regulatory and self-regulatory organizations. Regulations affecting banks and financial services companies undergo continuous change, and we cannot predict the ultimate effect of such changes, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

If our internal controls over financial reporting do not comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our business could be adversely affected.

 

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting at the end of each year, and to include a management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in all annual reports.

 

Management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), does not expect that our internal controls over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.  Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been or will be detected.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes.  Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls.  The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and we cannot assure you that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.  Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.  Misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system.

 

Although management has determined that our internal controls over financial reporting were effective at December 31, 2008, we cannot assure you that we will not identify a material weakness in our internal controls in the future.  A material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting would require management and our independent registered public accounting firm to evaluate our internal controls as ineffective.  If our internal controls over financial reporting are not considered adequate, we may

 

24



Table of Contents

 

experience a loss of public confidence, which could have an adverse effect on our business and our stock price.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

At December 31, 2008, we had 13 bank locations, five fee-based locations and an operations center in Colorado and eight bank locations and one fee-based location in Arizona. Our executive offices are located at 821 17th Street, Denver, Colorado, 80202. We lease our executive offices, our Northeast office and our Surprise office locations from entities partly owned or controlled by a director of the Company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence” under Item 13 of Part III and Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The terms of these leases expire between 2013 and 2016. The Company leases all of its facilities. The following table sets forth specific information on each location.

 

 

25



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Lease

 

Bank Locations

 

Address

 

Expiration

 

DTC

 

8400 E. Prentice Ave., Ste. 150, Greenwood Village, CO 80111

 

2009

 

Boulder North

 

2550 N. Broadway, Boulder, CO 80302

 

2009

 

Northwest

 

400 Centennial Pkway., Ste. 100, Louisville, CO 80027

 

2009

 

Vail Valley

 

56 Edwards Village Blvd., Ste. 130, Edwards, CO 81632

 

2009

 

Denver - Operations

 

717 17th St., Ste. 400, Denver, CO 80202

 

2010

 

West Metro

 

15710 W. Colfax Ave., Golden, CO 80401

 

2011

 

Cherry Creek

 

301 University Blvd., Suites 100 & 200, Denver, CO 80206

 

2012

 

Eagle

 

212 Chambers Ave., Unit 3, Eagle, CO 81631

 

2012

 

Littleton

 

101 W. Mineral Ave., Littleton, CO 80120

 

2012

 

Northeast

 

4695 Quebec St., Denver, CO 80216

 

2013

 

Boulder

 

2025 Pearl St., Boulder, CO 80302

 

2014

 

Prince

 

2409 W. Main St., Littleton, CO 80120

 

2014

 

Tremont

 

1275 Tremont Pl., Denver, CO 80204

 

2014

 

Denver

 

821 17th St., Denver, CO 80202

 

2016

 

Chandler

 

2727 W. Frye Rd., Ste. 100, Chandler, AZ 85224

 

2010

 

Scottsdale

 

6929 E. Greenway Pkwy., Ste. 150, Scottsdale, AZ 85254

 

2011

 

Camelback

 

3200 E. Camelback Rd., Ste. 129, Phoenix, AZ 85018

 

2012

 

East Valley

 

1757 E. Baseline Rd., Ste. 101, Gilbert, AZ 85233

 

2012

 

Tempe

 

1620 W. Fountainhead Pkwy., Ste. 119, Tempe, AZ 85282

 

2012

 

Surprise

 

12775 W. Bell Rd., Surprise, AZ 85374

 

2016

 

Phoenix

 

2600 N. Central Ave., Ste. 2000, Phoenix, AZ 85004

 

2017

 

Scottsdale Fashion Square

 

7150 E. Camelback Rd., Ste. 100, Scottsdale, AZ 85251

 

2018

 

 

 

 

Lease

 

 

 

Fee-Based Locations

 

Address

 

Expiration

 

CoBiz Insurance Inc. - CO

 

10901 W. Toller Dr., Littleton, CO 80127

 

2009

 

Wagner Investment Management, Inc

 

3200 Cherry Creek South Dr., Ste. 240, Denver, CO 80209

 

2009

 

CoBiz Insurance Inc. - AZ

 

3300 N. Central Ave., Ste. 2220, Phoenix, AZ 85012

 

2010

 

Green Manning & Bunch, Ltd.

 

370 17th St., Ste. 3600, Denver, CO 80202

 

2010

 

Alexander Capital Management Group

 

1099 18th St., Ste. 2810, Denver, CO 80202

 

2012

 

Financial Designs Ltd.

 

1775 Sherman St., Ste. 1800, Denver, CO 80203

 

2013

 

 

All leased properties are considered in good operating condition and are believed adequate for our present and foreseeable future operations. We do not anticipate any difficulty in leasing additional suitable space upon expiration of any present lease terms.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

Periodically and in the ordinary course of business, various claims and lawsuits which are incidental to our business are brought against or by us. We believe, based on the dollar amount of the claims outstanding at the end of the year, the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from such claims or lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

 

26



Table of Contents

 

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity

 

The common stock of the Company is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “COBZ.”  At February 20, 2009, there were approximately 519 shareholders of record of CoBiz common stock.

 

The following table presents the range of high and low sale prices of our common stock for each quarter within the two most recent fiscal years as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the per-share dividends declared in each quarter during that period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Declared

 

2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

22.00

 

$

18.84

 

$

0.06

 

Second Quarter

 

20.09

 

17.81

 

0.06

 

Third Quarter

 

19.25

 

14.75

 

0.07

 

Fourth Quarter

 

18.08

 

14.19

 

0.07

 

2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

16.03

 

$

11.17

 

$

0.07

 

Second Quarter

 

13.86

 

6.58

 

0.07

 

Third Quarter

 

15.20

 

5.13

 

0.07

 

Fourth Quarter

 

12.30

 

8.14

 

0.07

 

 

The timing and amount of future dividends are at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and will depend upon the consolidated earnings, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements of the Company and its subsidiaries, the amount of cash dividends paid to the Company by its subsidiaries, applicable government regulations and policies, and other factors considered relevant by the Board of Directors of the Company.  The Company is subject to certain covenants pursuant to the issuance of its junior subordinated debentures as described in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, that could limit our ability to pay dividends.  The Company’s participation in the Treasury’s CPP will place additional restrictions on future dividends, however, the Board of Directors of the Company anticipates it will continue to pay quarterly dividends in amounts determined based on the factors discussed above. Capital distributions, including dividends, by institutions such as the Bank are subject to restrictions tied to the institution’s earnings. See “Supervision and Regulation — “The Bank”  and “The Holding Company” — Dividend Restrictions” included under Item 1 of Part I.

 

The following table compares the cumulative total return on a hypothetical investment of $100 in CoBiz common stock on December 31, 2003 and the closing prices on December 31, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008, with the hypothetical cumulative total return on the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Bank Index for the comparable period.

 

 

27



Table of Contents

 

 

Sale of Unregistered Equity Securities

 

On December 19, 2008, the Company issued and sold to Treasury 64,450 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and a ten-year warrant to purchase 895,968 shares of common stock for a capital contribution of $64,450,000.  The sale was in conjunction with the Treasury’s CPP under the EESA.  Additional information concerning the CPP is presented under “Business — Supervision and Regulation — The Holding Company” above.  There was no underwriter associated with this transaction.  The sale of the Series B Preferred Stock and the warrant in connection with the transaction was exempt from registration pursuant, among other things, to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  Except for such shares, during 2008 the Company sold no equity securities without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth selected financial data for the Company for the periods indicated. During the periods reported, the Company has completed two acquisitions of companies as described in Part I, Item 1.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

At or for the year ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of income data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

144,908

 

$

154,510

 

$

136,444

 

$

103,456

 

$

77,267

 

Interest expense

 

49,557

 

66,611

 

57,015

 

32,481

 

17,387

 

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

 

95,351

 

87,899

 

79,429

 

70,975

 

59,880

 

Provision for loan losses

 

39,796

 

3,936

 

1,342

 

2,465

 

3,015

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

55,555

 

83,963

 

78,087

 

68,510

 

56,865

 

Noninterest income

 

35,399

 

28,289

 

29,965

 

25,153

 

27,801

 

Noninterest expense

 

89,717

 

75,515

 

71,927

 

62,480

 

56,809

 

Income before taxes

 

1,237

 

36,737

 

36,125

 

31,183

 

27,857

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(91

)

13,713

 

13,299

 

11,177

 

10,231

 

Net income

 

$

1,328

 

$

23,024

 

$

22,826

 

$

20,006

 

$

17,626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share - basic

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.01

 

$

0.90

 

$

0.81

 

Earnings per common share - diluted

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.96

 

$

0.98

 

$

0.87

 

$

0.78

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.26

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.19

 

$

0.17

 

Dividend payout ratio

 

560.00

%

26.53

%

21.78

%

21.05

%

20.95

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,684,275

 

$

2,391,012

 

$

2,112,423

 

$

1,933,056

 

$

1,699,561

 

Total investments

 

500,448

 

395,663

 

438,894

 

466,150

 

485,234

 

Loans

 

2,031,253

 

1,846,326

 

1,544,460

 

1,332,668

 

1,114,307

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

42,851

 

20,043

 

17,871

 

16,906

 

14,674

 

Deposits

 

1,639,031

 

1,742,689

 

1,476,337

 

1,326,952

 

1,147,010

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

71,637

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

20,984

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

252,099

 

189,270

 

162,675

 

136,544

 

122,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average total assets

 

0.05

%

1.04

%

1.11

%

1.10

%

1.13

%

Return on average shareholders’ equity

 

0.67

%

12.15

%

15.45

%

15.42

%

15.84

%

Average equity to average total assets

 

7.80

%

8.54

%

7.19

%

7.16

%

7.16

%

Net interest margin

 

4.08

%

4.28

%

4.20

%

4.27

%

4.18

%

Efficiency ratio (1)

 

65.10

%

64.10

%

64.12

%

64.83

%

65.09

%

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

1.75

%

0.15

%

0.06

%

0.05

%

0.08

%

Nonperforming loans to total loans

 

2.02

%

0.18

%

0.09

%

0.07

%

0.12

%

Allowance for loan and credit losses to total loans

 

2.12

%

1.12

%

1.19

%

1.27

%

1.32

%

Allowance for loan and credit losses to nonperforming loans

 

104.95

%

604.69

%

1392.30

%

1863.95

%

1056.44

%

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans

 

0.87

%

0.11

%

(0.01

)%

0.02

%

0.07

%


(1)   Efficiency ratio is computed by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income before provision for loan losses and noninterest income, excluding gains and losses on asset sales and valuation adjustments.

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

 

Executive Summary

 

The Company is a financial holding company that offers a broad array of financial service products to its target market of professionals, small and medium-sized businesses, and high-net-worth individuals. Our operating segments include: commercial banking, investment banking, investment advisory and trust and insurance.

 

Earnings are derived primarily from our net interest income, which is interest income less interest expense, and our noninterest income earned from fee-based business lines and banking service fees, offset by noninterest expense. As the majority of our assets are interest-earning and our liabilities are interest-bearing, changes in interest rates impact our net interest margin, the largest component of our operating revenue (which is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income). We manage our

 

29



Table of Contents

 

interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities to reduce the impact of interest rate changes on our operating results. We also have focused on reducing our dependency on our net interest margin by increasing our noninterest income.

 

Our Company has focused on developing an organization with personnel, management systems and products that will allow us to compete effectively and position us for growth. The cost of this process relative to our size has been high. In addition, we have operated with excess capacity during the start-up phases of various projects due to our commitment to technology and expansion of our fee-based businesses. As a result, relatively high levels of noninterest expense have adversely affected our earnings over the past several years. Salaries and employee benefits comprised most of this overhead category. However, we believe that our compensation levels have allowed us to recruit and retain a highly qualified management team capable of implementing our business strategies. We believe our compensation policies, which include the granting of stock-based compensation to many employees and the offering of an employee stock purchase plan, have highly motivated our employees and enhanced our ability to maintain customer loyalty and generate earnings. For additional discussion on stock-based compensation, see Notes 1 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Industry Overview. The U.S. commercial banking industry has been significantly impacted in 2008 by decreased values in real estate related assets, a downturn in the financial markets and a significant tightening in the credit market.  The weakened U.S. housing market has caused the industry to realize significant losses on write-downs of investment securities securitized by real estate and higher credit costs for write-downs of loans issued for investment.  During 2008, 25 banks failed and went into receivership with the FDIC compared to 10 bank failures in the previous five years.  Through February 2009, 16 banks have already gone into receivership.  In September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Authority placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, who collectively guarantee more than half of the outstanding mortgages in the U.S., into conservatorship.  The FDIC reported that nearly one out of three FDIC-insured institutions reported a net loss in the fourth quarter of 2008 and that the industry as a whole reported its first net loss since 1990.  The Senior Loan Officer Opinion Survey on Bank Lending Practices conducted by the FRB found that 85% of domestic banks responding to the survey had tightened their lending standards on medium-to-large commercial and industrial (C&I) loans during the fourth quarter of 2008 compared to 19% in the fourth quarter of 2007.  The survey also found that 98% of domestic respondents had increased the spread on loan rates over their cost of funds for medium-to-large loans in the fourth quarter of 2008 compared to 35% in the same period of 2007.  During this period, loan loss provisions at FDIC-insured institutions reached a 20-year high and absorbed one-third of the industry’s operating revenue, while quarterly earnings for the industry fell below $30 billion for the first time since 2003. The overall market conditions led the Federal Open Markets Committee (FOMC) to reduce the target federal funds rate by 100 basis points in the last four months of 2007, the first decrease since 2003.  The FOMC continued this strategy throughout 2008, when the target federal funds rate was decreased an additional 400 basis points until the target reached its floor of 0 to 25 basis points in December.  While the Company does not originate or purchase subprime loans, nearly all financial service organizations have been impacted by the current environment.

 

Company Overview. From December 31, 1995, the first complete fiscal year under the current management team, to December 31, 2008, our organization has grown from a bank holding company with two bank locations and total assets of $160.4 million to a diversified financial services holding company with 21 bank locations, six fee-based businesses and total assets of $2.7 billion. Certain key metrics of our operating segments at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:

 

30



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Investment

 

Advisory &

 

 

 

Support and

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

Trust

 

Insurance

 

Other

 

Consolidated

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

2008

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

6,675

 

$

(190

)

$

(288

)

$

177

 

$

(5,046

)

$

1,328

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

$

0.28

 

$

(0.01

)

$

(0.01

)

$

0.01

 

$

(0.22

)

$

0.05

 

Total assets

 

$

2,629,082

 

$

6,670

 

$

9,025

 

$

28,706

 

$

10,792

 

$

2,684,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

28,689

 

$

322

 

$

(17

)

$

(542

)

$

(5,428

)

$

23,024

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

$

1.20

 

$

0.01

 

$

 

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.23

)

$

0.96

 

Total assets

 

$

2,348,520

 

$

7,636

 

$

9,661

 

$

19,810

 

$

5,385

 

$

2,391,012

 

 

Noted below are some of the significant financial performance measures and operational results for 2008:

 

·                  Our commercial banking franchise recognized provision for loan losses of $39.8 million in 2008, compared to $3.9 million in 2007.  Net charge-offs for 2008 totaled $17.0 million, compared to $1.8 million for 2007.  Nonperforming assets also increased to $47.0 million at the end of 2008, from $3.5 million at the end of 2007.

 

·                  The increase in provision for loan loss expense was the primary driver in the decrease in net income for both the commercial banking segment and the Company.  A migration of loans to a more adversely graded credit category in 2008, including charge-off, caused the increase in the provision for loan losses.

 

·                  Investment Banking lost $0.01 per diluted share in 2008, down from a $0.01 contribution in 2007. Investment banking revenues are transactional in nature and, as a result, the segment’s earnings can be more volatile. While not a significant source of the Company’s earnings, the segment has been a positive contributor over the last several years.

 

·                  Investment Advisory and Trust lost $0.01 per diluted share in 2008, down from a neutral contribution in 2007.  On December 31, 2007, the Company acquired Wagner, an investment advisor providing investment management services for high-net-worth individuals and families, foundations and non-profit organizations.  Top line revenue for the segment was positively impacted by the acquisition of Wagner in 2008.  Offsetting the increase in revenue from the Wagner acquisition was a decrease in revenue due to market attrition of assets under management.  With all major market indices falling in 2008, this negatively impacted the segment since revenue is generated based on a percentage of assets under management.

 

·                  Insurance contributed $0.01 per diluted share in 2008, an increase from a $0.02 loss per diluted share in 2007.  On January 2, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of BDA, a provider of commercial and personal P&C insurance brokerage and risk management consulting services to individuals and businesses in the AZ market.  The acquisition of BDA at the beginning of 2008 positively impacted both top line revenue and net income for the segment.  The wealth transfer business is transactional by nature and fluctuates based on the number of life insurance policies closed during a year. During 2008, the segment nearly doubled the revenue on wealth transfer cases from the amount recognized in 2007.  The wealth transfer business was negatively impacted in 2007, when a higher-than-normal number of cases were rejected in underwriting due to unforeseen medical issues. To a lesser extent, the segment was also impacted by the overall reduction in insurance premiums being realized throughout the commercial insurance industry.

 

·                  Corporate Support and Other had a decrease in its net loss and loss per share, primarily due to a decrease in interest rates that reduced our interest expense on our variable-rate junior subordinated debentures.  This was partially offset by additional interest expense on the new issuance of subordinated notes payable, discussed below.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

·                  The Company recognized losses of $4.6 million in 2008 on valuation adjustments of other real-estate owned and other-than-temporary impairments on investments.

 

·                  In the third and fourth quarter, the Company successfully raised $20.9 million through a privately placed issuance of subordinated notes payable.  The subordinated notes payable qualify as Tier 2 capital and helped strengthen the Company’s capital position.

 

·                  Further strengthening the Company’s capital position, on December 19, 2008, the Company became the first Colorado based financial institution to receive a capital investment from the Treasury under the CPP.  The Company received $64.5 million from the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock that pays a cumulative dividend of 5% for the first five years and 9% thereafter.

 

·                  The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio increased to 14.5% at the end of 2008 from 10.7% at the end of 2007.

 

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in this Form 10-K beginning on page F-1. For a discussion of the segments included in our principal activities and for certain financial information for each segment, see Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Bank. The commercial bank segment, the cornerstone of our franchise, had continued success in 2008 growing the loan portfolio and noninterest-bearing demand deposits.  Loans grew by 10% and noninterest-bearing demand deposits grew by 3%.  However, earnings were down 77% as the Bank was not immune to the slowdown in the overall economy and reinforced the allowance for loan losses with a significant increase in the provision for loan losses.

 

Fee-Based Business Lines. The company’s fee-based business lines — investment banking, insurance, and investment advisory and trust — operated at a slight loss for 2008 on a combined basis. However, before parent company management fees, central service allocations and amortization, the fee based companies generated positive cash flow.  Our ratio of noninterest income to total operating revenues was 27% for 2008 compared to 25% in 2007.

 

We believe that through the combination of our commercial banking franchise and our fee-based businesses, we are uniquely situated to service our commercial clients throughout their business lifecycle. We are able to help our customers grow by providing banking services from our bank franchise, capital planning from GMB, and employee and executive benefits packages from FDL. We can assist in planning for the future with wealth transfer and business succession planning from FDL. We are able to protect assets with P&C insurance from CoBiz Insurance. We can facilitate exit and retirement strategies with merger and acquisition services from GMB, and investment management services with ACMG and Wagner. We are also able to preserve our customers’ wealth with trust and fiduciary services from CoBiz Trust, investment management services from ACMG and Wagner, and wealth transfer services from FDL.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The Company’s discussion and analysis of its consolidated financial condition and results of operations are based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. In making those critical accounting estimates, we are required to make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time of the estimate. Different estimates we could reasonably have used, or changes in the assumptions that could occur, could have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition or consolidated results of operations.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is a critical accounting policy that requires subjective estimates in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibilty of loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

We maintain a loan review program independent of the lending function that is designed to reduce and control risk in the lending function. It includes the monitoring of lending activities with respect to underwriting and processing new loans, preventing insider abuse, and timely follow-up and corrective action for loans showing signs of deterioration in quality. We also have a systematic process to evaluate individual loans and pools of loans within our loan portfolio. We maintain a loan grading system whereby each loan is assigned a grade between 1 and 8, with 1 representing the highest quality credit, 7 representing a non-accrual loan where collection or liquidation in full is highly questionable and improbable, and 8 representing a loss that has been or will be charged-off. Grades are assigned based upon the degree of risk associated with repayment of a loan in the normal course of business pursuant to the original terms. Loans above a certain dollar amount that are adversely graded are reported to the Loan Committee and the Chief Credit Officer along with current financial information, a collateral analysis and an action plan. Individual loans that are deemed to be impaired are evaluated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.

 

In determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, we analyze the various components of the loan portfolio, including all significant credits, on an individual basis. When analyzing the adequacy, we segment the loan portfolio into components with similar characteristics, such as risk classification, past due status, type of loan, industry or collateral. Possible factors that may impact the allowance for loan losses include, but are not limited to:

 

·                  Changes in lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards as well as collection, charge-off and recovery practices;

·                  Changes in national and local economic and business conditions and developments, including the condition of various market segments;

·                  Changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio;

·                  Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and staff;

·                  Changes in the trend of the volume and severity of past-due and classified loans; and trends in the volume of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings, and other loan modifications;

·                  The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

·                  The effect of external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the current portfolio.

 

Refer to the Provision and Allowance for Loan and Credit Losses section under Results of Operations below for further discussion on management’s methodology.

 

Recoverability of Goodwill

 

SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, requires that we evaluate on an annual basis (or whenever events occur which may indicate possible impairment) whether any portion of our recorded goodwill is impaired. The recoverability of goodwill is a critical accounting policy that requires subjective estimates in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process.  In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of

 

 

33



Table of Contents

 

the reporting unit is not considered impaired and it is not necessary to continue to step two of the impairment process. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, step two is performed, where the implied fair value of goodwill is compared to the carrying value of the reporting units’ goodwill.  Implied goodwill is computed as a residual value after allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to its assets and liabilities  We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using market multiples of comparable entities, including recent transactions, or a combination of market multiples and a discounted cash flow methodology.

 

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires a high degree of subjective management assumption. Discounted cash flow valuation models utilize variables such as revenue growth rates, expense trends, discount rates and terminal values. Based upon an evaluation of key data and market factors, management selects from a range the specific variables to be incorporated into the valuation model.

 

We conducted our annual evaluation of our reporting units at December 31, 2008.  As discussed in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, at December 31, 2008 the estimated fair value of all reporting units exceeded their carrying values and goodwill impairment was not deemed to exist.  The fair value calculations were also tested for sensitivity to reflect reasonable variations, including adjusting the discount rate and keeping all other variables constant and reducing projected revenue growth and projected cost savings. Using this sensitivity approach, there was no impairment identified in any reporting unit.  However, during 2008, the financial services industry, including the Company, realized a significant decrease in market value.  A continuation of this trend may indicate that the individual reporting units of an entity may also be impaired.  If the Company’s market value continues to decrease and the Company is unable to reconcile the combined fair value of its reporting units to its market value, the Company may need to move to step two of the impairment process.  Step two of the evaluation could result in the determination that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value and that goodwill relating to the reporting units has been impaired.  In January and February of 2009, the Company’s market capitalization decreased approximately 50% from its value at the end of 2008.  Due to the decrease, it is likely that the Company will need to further evaluate its goodwill impairment in the first quarter of 2009.  If we were to conclude that goodwill has been impaired, that conclusion could result in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Share-based Payments

 

On January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)), using the modified prospective method. Under this method, compensation cost is recognized for (1) all awards granted after the required effective date and to awards modified, cancelled or repurchased after that date and (2) the portion of prior awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered, based on the grant-date fair value of those awards calculated for pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation (SFAS 123). Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we applied the intrinsic-value method for our stock-based compensation plans in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB 25) Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, which was allowed by SFAS 123 as an alternative to the fair value method recommended by SFAS 123.

 

SFAS 123(R) requires that the cash retained as a result of the tax deductibility of employee share-based awards be presented as a component of cash flows from financing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. In prior periods, this amount was reported as a component of cash flows from operating activities.

 

Under SFAS 123(R), we use the Black-Scholes option valuation model to determine the fair value of our stock options as discussed in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Black-Scholes fair value model includes various assumptions, including the expected volatility, expected life and expected dividend rate of the options. In addition, the Company is required to estimate the amount of options issued that are expected to be forfeited. These assumptions reflect our best estimates, but they involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions generally outside of our control. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, stock-based compensation expense, as calculated and recorded under

 

34



Table of Contents

 

SFAS 123(R), could have been materially impacted. Furthermore, if we use different assumptions in future periods, stock-based compensation expense could be materially impacted in future periods.

 

Fair Value

 

The Company has adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), as it applies to financial assets and liabilities effective January 1, 2008.  SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined under SFAS 157 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  Pursuant to  SFAS 157, the Company measures investments, derivative instruments and impaired loans.

 

As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy). Fair value may be used on a recurring basis for certain assets and liabilities such as available for sale securities and derivatives in which fair value is the primary basis of accounting.  Similarly, fair value may be used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assets or liabilities such as impaired loans.  Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, the Company uses various valuation techniques and assumptions in accordance with SFAS 157 to determine the instrument’s fair value.  At December 31, 2008, 18.1% or $486.8 million of total assets, consisting of $476.5 million in available for sale securities and $10.3 million in derivative instruments, represented assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  At December 31, 2008, 0.3% or $7.1 million of total liabilities represented derivative instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis consisting of impaired loans represented 1.3% or $35.7 million of total assets.  Certain private label MBS valued using broker-dealer quotes based on proprietary broker models, which are considered by the Company an unobservable input (Level 3), totaled $3.7 million or 0.1% of total assets at December 31, 2008.  The Company recognized no gains or losses in relation to the private label MBS for the year-ended December 31, 2008.  For additional information on the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

We also have other policies that we consider to be significant accounting policies; however, these policies, which are disclosed in Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, do not meet the definition of critical accounting policies because they do not generally require us to make estimates or judgments that are difficult or subjective.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 06-5, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance — Determining the Amount That Could be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance (EITF 06-5). EITF 06-5, addresses various issues in determining the amount that could be realized under an insurance contract. Upon adoption, the Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $134,000 that was charged to retained earnings to reduce the amount that can be realized on insurance contracts.

 

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. In October 2008, FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active, was issued, effective immediately for all prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued.  This FSP provides clarification on the application of FASB 157 and issues to be considered when

 

35



Table of Contents

 

observable valuation inputs do not exist or observable inputs are from an inactive market. See Note 18 for additional discussion on fair value measurements.

 

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value at specified election dates. For financial instruments elected to be accounted for at fair value, an entity will report the unrealized gains and losses in earnings. The effect of the first remeasurement to fair value is to be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings.  The Company has not elected the fair value option for any financial instruments since the adoption on January 1, 2008 and there was no impact on the consolidated financial statements relating to the adoption of SFAS 159.

 

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted EITF 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements (EITF 06-4). The ratified final consensus on this issue requires companies to recognize an obligation for the future post-retirement benefits provided to employees in the form of death benefits to be paid to their beneficiaries through endorsement split-dollar policies carried in Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI), the effects of which are to be recognized through either (a) a change in accounting principle through a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption, or (b) a change in accounting principle through retrospective application to all prior periods. Upon adoption, the Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $16,000 that was charged to retained earnings when it established the obligation for future post-retirement benefits relating to the Company’s applicable endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — An Amendment of ARB No. 51 (SFAS 160). This Statement amends ARB 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity and should be reported as equity on the financial statements. SFAS 160 requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. Furthermore, disclosure of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest is required on the face of the financial statements. SFAS 160 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, SFAS 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161). SFAS 161 enhances the required disclosures under SFAS 133 in order to provide the investing community additional transparency in an entity’s financial statements and to more adequately disclose the impact investments in derivative instruments and use of hedging have on financial position, operating results and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application allowed.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact SFAS 161 will have on its disclosures as the Bank subsidiary utilizes a hedging strategy to manage its exposure to interest rate changes as well as offering certain derivative products to its customers.

 

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. This FSP gives guidance on the computation of earnings per share and the impact of share-based instruments that contain certain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents.  The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2008 and early application is prohibited. The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, the FSP will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Financial Condition

 

The financial condition of the Company was impacted in 2008 by the acquisition of BDA.  The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and the assets and liabilities and results of operations of the acquired entity are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income at and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Lending Activities

 

General. We provide a broad range of commercial and retail lending services, including commercial loans, commercial and residential real estate construction loans, commercial and residential real estate mortgage loans, consumer loans, revolving lines of credit, and equipment lease financing. Our primary lending focus is commercial and real estate lending to small and medium-sized businesses with annual sales of $5.0 million to $75.0 million, and businesses and individuals with borrowing requirements of $250,000 to $10.0 million. At December 31, 2008, substantially all of our outstanding loans were to customers within Colorado and Arizona. Interest rates charged on loans vary with the degree of risk, maturity, underwriting and servicing costs, principal amount, and extent of other banking relationships with the customer.  Interest rates are further subject to competitive pressures, money market rates, availability of funds, and government regulations. See “Net Interest Income” for an analysis of the interest rates on our loans.

 

Credit Procedures and Review. We address credit risk through internal credit policies and procedures, including underwriting criteria, officer and customer lending limits, a multi-layered loan approval process for larger loans, periodic document examination, justification for any exceptions to credit policies, loan review and concentration monitoring. In addition, we provide ongoing loan officer training and review. We have a continuous loan review process designed to promote early identification of credit quality problems, assisted by a dedicated Chief Credit Officer. All loan officers are charged with the responsibility of reviewing, at least on a monthly basis, all past due loans in their respective portfolios. In addition, each of the loan officers establishes a watch list of loans to be reviewed by the boards of directors of the Bank and CoBiz. The loan portfolio is also monitored regularly by a loan review officer who reports to the Chief Operations Officer of the Company but submits reports directly to the audit committee of the board of directors.

 

Composition of Loan Portfolio. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

(In thousands)

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Commercial

 

$

648,968

 

32.6

 

$

576,959

 

31.6

 

$

482,309

 

31.6

 

$

421,497

 

32.0

 

$

386,954

 

35.2

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

1,017,444

 

51.2

 

874,226

 

47.9

 

698,951

 

45.8

 

682,503

 

51.9

 

527,266

 

47.9

 

Real estate — construction

 

266,928

 

13.4

 

309,568

 

17.0

 

292,952

 

19.2

 

150,680

 

11.5

 

121,138

 

11.0

 

Consumer

 

86,701

 

4.4

 

71,422

 

3.9

 

57,990

 

3.8

 

65,932

 

5.0

 

65,792

 

6.0

 

Other

 

11,212

 

0.6

 

14,151

 

0.7

 

12,258

 

0.8

 

12,056

 

0.9

 

13,157

 

1.2

 

Total loans

 

$

2,031,253

 

102.2

 

$

1,846,326

 

101.1

 

$

1,544,460

 

101.2

 

$

1,332,668

 

101.3

 

$

1,114,307

 

101.3

 

Less: allowance for loan losses

 

(42,851

)

(2.2

)

(20,043

)

(1.1

)

(17,871

)

(1.2

)

(16,906

)

(1.3

)

(14,674

)

(1.3

)

Net loans

 

$

1,988,402

 

100.0

 

$

1,826,283

 

100.0

 

$

1,526,589

 

100.0

 

$

1,315,762

 

100.0

 

$

1,099,633

 

100.0

 

 

Gross loans increased by $184.9 million in 2008.  Growth in the loan portfolio consisted of approximately $128.7 million and $56.2 million loans generated in our Colorado and Arizona markets, respectively.  The increase in the loan portfolio in 2008 was primarily due to growth of our Commercial and Industrial Loans (C&I) and Term Commercial Mortgages.  The increase of $301.9 million in 2007 was comprised primarily of $286.5 million in real estate and commercial loans.

 

Under federal law, the aggregate amount of loans we can make to one borrower is generally limited to 15% of our unimpaired capital, surplus, undivided profits and allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2008, our individual legal lending limit was $37.7 million. Our Board of Directors has established an internal lending limit of $15.0 million for normal credit extensions and $20.0 million for the highest rated credit types. To accommodate customers whose financing needs exceed our internal lending limits and to

 

37



Table of Contents

 

address portfolio concentration concerns, we sell loan participations to outside participants. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the outstanding balances of loan participations sold by us were $53.7 million and $49.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had loan participations purchased from other banks totaling $38.9 million and $31.3 million, respectively. We use the same analysis in deciding whether or not to purchase a participation in a loan as we would in deciding whether to originate the same loan.

 

Due to the nature of our business as a commercial banking institution, our lending relationships are typically larger than those of a retail bank. The following table describes the number of relationships and the percentage of the dollar value of the loan portfolio by the size of the credit relationship. The majority of the loan relationships exceeding $3.0 million are in our real estate and commercial portfolios.  At December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, there were no concentrations of loans related to any single industry in excess of 10% of total loans.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

Number of

 

% of

 

Number of

 

% of

 

Number of

 

% of

 

Credit Relationships

 

Relationships

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Relationships

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Relationships

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Greater than $6.0 million

 

32

 

13.7

%

26

 

11.3

%

14

 

7.3

%

$3.0 million to $6.0 million

 

101

 

20.7

%

95

 

21.0

%

78

 

20.3

%

$1.0 million to $3.0 million

 

385

 

33.2

%

377

 

34.1

%

320

 

34.4

%

$0.5 million to $1.0 million

 

427

 

14.8

%

422

 

15.8

%

378

 

17.4

%

Less than $0.5 million

 

4,701

 

17.6

%

4,889

 

17.8

%

4,900

 

20.5

%

 

 

5,646

 

100.0

%

5,809

 

100.0

%

5,690

 

100.0

%

 

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various types of transactions that include commitments to extend credit. We apply the same credit standards to these commitments as we apply to our other lending activities and have included these commitments in our lending risk evaluations. Our exposure to credit loss under commitments to extend credit is represented by the amount of these commitments. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on our commitments.

 

Commercial Loans. Commercial lending consists of loans to small and medium-sized businesses in a wide variety of industries. The Bank’s areas of emphasis in commercial lending include, but are not limited to, loans to wholesalers, manufacturers, construction and business services companies. We provide a broad range of commercial loans, including lines of credit for working capital purposes and term loans for the acquisition of equipment and other purposes. Commercial loans are generally collateralized by inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, real estate and other commercial assets, and may be supported by other credit enhancements such as personal guarantees. However, where warranted by the overall financial condition of the borrower, loans may be unsecured and based on the cash flow of the business. Terms of commercial loans generally range from one to five years, and the majority of such loans have floating interest rates.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, segregated by the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS).

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

% of Commercial

 

 

 

% of Commercial

 

 

 

% of Commercial

 

Commercial Loans by NAICS Code (In thousands)

 

Balance

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Balance

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Balance

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Manufacturing

 

$

98,486

 

15.2

%

$

73,627

 

12.8

%

$

43,832

 

9.1

%

Real estate

 

85,917

 

13.3

%

87,849

 

15.2

%

53,602

 

11.1

%

Finance and Insurance

 

84,028

 

13.0

%

65,537

 

11.4

%

38,742

 

8.0

%

Wholesale trade

 

73,600

 

11.3

%

64,916

 

11.3

%

58,601

 

12.2

%

Health Care

 

69,060

 

10.6

%

64,385

 

11.2

%

56,762

 

11.8

%

Construction

 

60,500

 

9.3

%

50,830

 

8.8

%

76,101

 

15.8

%

Services

 

33,933

 

5.2

%

34,102

 

5.9

%

32,813

 

6.8

%

All other

 

143,444

 

22.1

%

135,713

 

23.5

%

121,856

 

25.3

%

 

 

$

648,968

 

100.0

%

$

576,959

 

100.0

%

$

482,309

 

100.0

%

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Real Estate Mortgage Loans. Real estate mortgage loans include various types of loans for which we hold real property as collateral. We generally restrict commercial real estate lending activity to owner-occupied properties or to investor properties that are owned by customers with which we have a current banking relationship. We make commercial real estate loans at both fixed and floating interest rates, with maturities generally ranging from five to 20 years. The Bank’s underwriting standards generally require that a commercial real estate loan not exceed 75% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. In addition, we originate Small Business Administration 504 loans (SBA) on owner-occupied properties with maturities of up to 25 years in which the SBA allows for financing of up to 90% of the project cost and takes a security position that is subordinated to us, as well as U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Rural Development loans. At December 31, 2008, less than 1% of our outstanding loans were guaranteed by the SBA and approximately 1% were guaranteed by the USDA. We also originate residential mortgage loans on a limited basis as an accommodation to our preferred customers.

 

The primary risks of real estate mortgage loans include the borrower’s inability to pay, material decreases in the value of the real estate that is being held as collateral and significant increases in interest rates, which may make the real estate mortgage loan unprofitable. We do not actively seek residential mortgage loans for our own portfolio, but rather refer such loans to other financial institutions. However, for those residential mortgage loans that are extended, we attempt to apply conservative loan-to-value ratios and obtain personal guarantees and generally require a strong history of debt servicing capability and fully amortized terms of 20 years or less.   Real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy.  The properties securing the Company’s real estate mortgage loan portfolio are located primarily in the states of Colorado and Arizona.  At December 31, 2008, the majority (57%) of the Company’s real estate mortgage loans were generated in the Colorado market, which continues to outperform the majority of other metropolitan areas nationally.

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s real estate mortgage portfolio, segregated by property type and the geographical regions in which we operate.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Real Estate by Type

 

 

 

% of Real Estate

 

 

 

% of Real Estate

 

 

 

% of Real Estate

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Balance

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Balance

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Commercial owner

 

$

439,489

 

43.2

%

$

383,126

 

43.8

%

$

284,695

 

40.7

%

Commercial investor

 

286,977

 

28.2

%

230,111

 

26.3

%

206,467

 

29.5

%

Residential owner

 

43,224

 

4.2

%

35,453

 

4.1

%

31,943

 

4.6

%

Residential investor

 

100,572

 

9.9

%

79,386

 

9.1

%

46,700

 

6.7

%

Land acquisition

 

147,182

 

14.5

%

146,150

 

16.7

%

129,146

 

18.5

%

 

 

$

1,017,444

 

100.0

%

$

874,226

 

100.0

%

$

698,951

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

Number of

 

% of Real Estate

 

Number of

 

% of Real Estate

 

Number of

 

% of Real Estate

 

Geographic Area

 

Relationships

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Relationships

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Relationships

 

Loan Portfolio

 

COLORADO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denver

 

150

 

8.8

%

142

 

9.9

%

136

 

10.1

%

Boulder

 

152

 

10.9

%

140

 

11.2

%

146

 

10.8

%

Eagle

 

102

 

5.4

%

105

 

4.2

%

102

 

5.0

%

Arapahoe

 

139

 

8.2

%

133

 

8.0

%

128

 

7.3

%

Jefferson

 

113

 

5.3

%

115

 

5.2

%

113

 

6.0

%

Adams

 

80

 

5.7

%

74

 

5.8

%

79

 

5.8

%

Douglas

 

46

 

3.6

%

42

 

2.6

%

42

 

2.7

%

Larimer

 

20

 

1.0

%

23

 

1.2

%

22

 

1.4

%

Weld

 

31

 

1.8

%

23

 

1.5

%

19

 

1.8

%

All others

 

68

 

6.1

%

86

 

7.4

%

81

 

6.0

%

Subtotal Colorado

 

901

 

56.8

%

883

 

56.8

%

868

 

56.9

%

ARIZONA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maricopa

 

427

 

36.9

%

431

 

38.4

%

409

 

35.6

%

Pinal

 

17

 

1.7

%

14

 

1.4

%

15

 

1.6

%

Navajo

 

8

 

1.2

%

9

 

0.5

%

9

 

0.6

%

Coconino

 

6

 

0.6

%

7

 

0.6

%

38

 

1.6

%

All others

 

40

 

2.8

%

35

 

2.3

%

36

 

3.7

%

Subtotal Arizona

 

498

 

43.2

%

496

 

43.2

%

507

 

43.1

%

Total

 

1,399

 

100.0

%

1,379

 

100.0

%

1,375

 

100.0

%

 

Real Estate Construction Loans. We originate loans to finance construction projects involving one- to four-family residences. We provide financing to residential developers that we believe have demonstrated a favorable record of accurately projecting completion dates and budgeting expenses. We provide loans for the construction of both pre-sold projects and projects built prior to the location of a specific buyer, although loans for projects built prior to the identification of a specific buyer are provided on a more selective basis. Residential construction loans are due upon the sale of the completed project and are generally collateralized by first liens on the real estate and have floating interest rates. In addition, these loans are generally secured by personal guarantees to provide an additional source of repayment. We generally require a permanent financing commitment or prequalification be in place before we make a residential construction loan. Moreover, we generally monitor construction draws monthly and inspect property to ensure that construction is progressing as projected. Our underwriting standards generally require that the principal amount of a speculative loan be no more than 75% of the appraised value of the completed construction project or 80% of pre-sold projects. Values are determined primarily by approved independent appraisers.  With the decline in the real estate market in 2008, the Company has become more selective in the extension of credit for new construction projects.  The Company has intentionally managed the construction portfolio down 14% in 2008 when compared to 2007.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

We also originate loans to finance the construction of multi-family, office, industrial, retail and tax credit projects. These projects are predominantly owned by the user of the property, or are sponsored by financially strong developers who maintain an ongoing banking relationship with us. Our underwriting standards generally require that the principal amount of these loans be no more than 75% of the appraised value. Values are determined primarily by approved independent appraisers.

 

We selectively provide loans for the acquisition and development of land for residential building projects by financially strong developers who maintain an ongoing banking relationship with us. For this category of loans, our underwriting standards generally require that the principal amount of these loans be no more than 65% of the appraised value. Values are determined primarily by approved independent appraisers.  Real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy.  The properties securing the Company’s real estate loan portfolio are located in the states of Colorado and Arizona.  At December 31, 2008, the majority (62%) of the Company’s real estate construction loans were generated in the Colorado market, which continues to outperform the majority of other metropolitan areas nationally.

 

The table below summarizes the Company’s Construction loan portfolio by loan type:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

% of Total

 

2007

 

% of Total

 

2006

 

% of Total

 

Commercial speculative

 

$

 41,789

 

15.7

%

$

 29,518

 

9.5

%

$

 25,298

 

8.6

%

Commercial pre-leased

 

62,960

 

23.6

%

58,419

 

18.9

%

38,815

 

13.3

%

Residential speculative

 

73,947

 

27.7

%

87,104

 

28.2

%

80,086

 

27.4

%

Residential pre-sold

 

13,468

 

5.0

%

44,040

 

14.2

%

59,302

 

20.2

%

Land development

 

74,764

 

28.0

%

90,487

 

29.2

%

89,451

 

30.5

%

 

 

$

 266,928

 

100.0

%

$

 309,568

 

100.0

%

$

 292,952

 

100.0

%

 

Consumer Loans. We provide a broad range of consumer loans to customers, including personal lines of credit, home equity loans and automobile loans. In order to improve customer service, continuity and customer retention, the same loan officer often services the banking relationships of both the business and business owners or management.

 

Nonperforming Assets

 

Our nonperforming assets consist of nonaccrual loans, restructured loans, past due loans more than 90 days and OREO . Nonaccrual loans are those loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued. Impaired loans are defined as loans for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement (all of which were on a non-accrual basis). The following table sets forth information with respect to these assets at the dates indicated.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Nonperforming loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing interest

 

$

 1,292

 

$

 2,208

 

$

 990

 

$

 —

 

$

 76

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

9,312

 

758

 

147

 

786

 

710

 

Real estate - construction

 

15,557

 

360

 

85

 

 

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

13,616

 

84

 

103

 

121

 

426

 

Consumer

 

1,301

 

 

 

 

177

 

Total Nonaccrual loans

 

39,786

 

1,202

 

335

 

907

 

1,313

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

41,078

 

3,410

 

1,325

 

907

 

1,389

 

OREO and Repossessed Assets

 

5,941

 

90

 

 

 

38

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

 47,019

 

$

 3,500

 

$

 1,325

 

$

 907

 

$

 1,427

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

 42,851

 

$

 20,043

 

$

 17,871

 

$

 16,906

 

$

 14,674

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

259

 

576

 

576

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and credit losses

 

$

 43,110

 

$

 20,619

 

$

 18,447

 

$

 16,906

 

$

 14,674

 

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets

 

1.75

%

0.15

%

0.06

%

0.05

%

0.08

%

Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans

 

2.02

%

0.18

%

0.09

%

0.07

%

0.12

%

Ratio of nonperforming Loans and OREO to Total Loans and OREO

 

2.31

%

0.19

%

0.09

%

0.07

%

0.13

%

Ratio of allowance for loan and credit losses to total loans

 

2.12

%

1.12

%

1.19

%

1.27

%

1.32

%

Ratio of allowance for loan and credit losses to nonperforming loans

 

104.95

%

604.69

%

1392.30

%

1863.95

%

1056.44

%

Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans

 

0.87

%

0.11

%

(0.01

)%

0.02

%

0.07

%

 

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, the borrower’s financial condition is such that the collection of interest is doubtful. A delinquent loan is generally placed on nonaccrual status when it becomes 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all accrued and unpaid interest on the loan is reversed and deducted from earnings as a reduction of reported interest income. No additional interest is accrued on the loan balance until the collection of both principal and interest becomes reasonably certain. When the issues relating to a nonaccrual loan are finally resolved, there may ultimately be an actual write-down or charge-off of the principal balance of the loan, which may necessitate additional charges to earnings. Restructured loans are those for which concessions, including the reduction of interest rates below a rate otherwise available to the borrower, or the reduction of interest or principal, have been granted due to the borrower’s weakened financial condition. Interest on restructured loans is accrued at the restructured rates when it is anticipated that no loss of original principal will occur. Interest income that would have been recorded had nonaccrual loans performed in accordance with their original contract terms during 2008 was $1.0 million.  Interest income that would have been recorded had nonaccrual loans performed in accordance with their original contract terms and interest income recognized on nonaccrual loans during 2007 and 2006 was not material.  OREO represents real property taken by the Bank either through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu thereof from the borrower. Repossessed assets include vehicles and other commercial assets acquired under agreements with delinquent borrowers.  Repossessed assets and OREO are carried at the lesser of cost or fair market value, less selling costs.

 

Nonperforming assets increased by $43.5 million in 2008.  Total nonperforming assets increased by $21.0 million in Colorado and $22.5 million in Arizona.  Included in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2008 was $5.9 million in OREO.  OREO was comprised of seven properties of which six were located in Arizona and one in Colorado.  In addition to the nonperforming assets described above, at December 31, 2008, we had 80 loan relationships considered by management to be potential problem loans, with outstanding principal totaling approximately $85.4 million. A potential problem loan is one as to which management has concerns about the borrower’s future performance under the terms of the loan contract. For our protection, management monitors these loans closely. These loans are current as to the principal and interest and, accordingly, are not included in the nonperforming asset categories. However, further deterioration may result in the loan being classified as nonperforming. The level of potential problem loans is factored into the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s recognition of the risks of extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The allowance is maintained to provide for probable credit losses related to specifically identified loans and for losses inherent in the loan portfolio that have been incurred at the balance sheet date. The allowance is based on various factors affecting the loan portfolio, including a review of problem loans, business conditions, historical loss experience, evaluation of the quality of the underlying collateral, and holding and disposal costs. The allowance is increased by additional charges to operating income and reduced by loans charged off, net of recoveries.

 

The allowance for credit losses represents management’s recognition of a separate reserve for off-balance sheet loan commitments and letters of credit. While the allowance for loan losses is recorded as a contra-asset to the loan portfolio on the consolidated balance sheets, the allowance for credit losses is recorded in Accrued Interest and Other Liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Although the allowances are presented separately on the consolidated balance sheets, any losses incurred from credit losses would be reported as a charge-off in the allowance for loan losses, since any loss would be recorded after the off-balance sheet commitment had been funded. Due to the relationship of these allowances, as extensions of credit underwritten through a comprehensive risk analysis, information on both the allowance for loan and credit losses positions is presented in the following table.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Balance of allowance for loan losses at beginning of period

 

$

 20,043

 

$

 17,871

 

$

 16,906

 

$

 14,674

 

$

 12,403

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

2,194

 

1,803

 

278

 

363

 

414

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

427

 

 

 

246

 

410

 

Real estate — construction

 

14,122

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

364

 

30

 

34

 

99

 

88

 

Other

 

37

 

5

 

8

 

 

55

 

Total charge-offs

 

17,144

 

1,838

 

320

 

708

 

967

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

42

 

56

 

487

 

104

 

83

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

7

 

 

25

 

277

 

15

 

Consumer

 

103

 

18

 

7

 

90

 

34

 

Other

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

91

 

Total recoveries

 

156

 

74

 

519

 

475

 

223

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

(16,988

)

(1,764

)

199

 

(233

)

(744

)

Provision for loan losses charged to operations

 

39,796

 

3,936

 

766

 

2,465

 

3,015

 

Balance of allowance for loan losses at end of period

 

$

 42,851

 

$

 20,043

 

$

 17,871

 

$

 16,906

 

$

 14,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance of allowance for credit losses at beginning of period

 

$

 576

 

$

 576

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Provision (credit) for credit losses charged to operations

 

(317

)

 

576

 

 

 

Balance of allowance for credit losses at end of period

 

$

 259

 

$

 576

 

$

 576

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provision for loan and credit losses charged to operations

 

$

 39,479

 

$

 3,936

 

$

 1,342

 

$

 2,465

 

$

 3,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans

 

0.87

%

0.11

%

(0.01

)%

0.02

%

0.07

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average loans outstanding during the period

 

$

 1,944,728

 

$

 1,665,379

 

$

 1,446,964

 

$

 1,209,377

 

$

 1,029,538

 

 

Additions to the allowances for loan and credit losses, which are charged as expenses on our consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, are made periodically to maintain the allowances at the appropriate level, based on our analysis of the potential risk in the loan and commitment portfolios. Loans charged off, net of amounts recovered from such loans, reduce the allowance for loan losses. The amount of the allowance is a function of the levels of loans outstanding, the level of nonperforming loans, historical loan loss experience, the amount of loan losses actually charged against the reserve during a given period and current economic conditions. Federal regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, review our loans and allowance for loan and credit losses. We believe that our allowance for loan and credit losses is adequate to cover anticipated loan and credit losses. However, management may determine a need to increase the allowances for loan and credit losses, or regulators, when reviewing the Bank’s loan and commitment portfolio in the future, may request the Bank increase such allowances. Either of these events could adversely affect our earnings. Further, there can be no assurance that our actual loan and credit losses will not exceed the allowances for loan and credit losses.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

The allowance for loan losses consists of three elements: (i) specific reserves determined in accordance with SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan (SFAS 114), based on probable losses on specific loans; (ii) general reserves determined in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, based on historical loan loss experience adjusted for other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company; and (iii) unallocated reserves.

 

Specific Reserves. The Company continuously evaluates its reserve for loan losses to maintain an adequate level to absorb loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Reserves on loans identified as impaired are based on discounted expected cash flows using the loan’s initial effective interest rate, the observable market value of the loan or the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral-dependent loans. The fair value of the collateral is determined in accordance with SFAS 157. Loans are considered to be impaired in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 114, when it is probable that all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms will not be collected. Factors contributing to the determination of specific reserves include the financial condition of the borrower, changes in the value of pledged collateral and general economic conditions.

 

General Reserves. General reserves are considered part of the allocated portion of the allowance. We use a comprehensive loan grading process for our loan portfolios. Based on this process, we assign a loss factor to each pool of graded loans. We use a combination of our long-term average loss experience and external loss data in determining the appropriate loss factor. This estimate represents the potential unconfirmed losses within the portfolio. The historical estimation for each loan pool is then adjusted to account for factors, which may cause future losses to deviate from historical levels.

 

Factors considered by management that are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with our current portfolio to differ from historical loss experience include:

 

·                  Changes in national and local economic and business conditions and developments;

·                  Changes in lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices;

·                  Changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio;

·                  Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and staff;

·                  Changes in the trend of the volume and severity of past due loans; and trends in the volume of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings, and other loan modifications;

·                  Changes in the quality of the Bank’s loan review system and the degree of oversight by the Bank’s Board of Directors;

·                  The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations;

·                  The impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing; and

·                  The effect of external factors, such as legal and regulatory requirements, on the level of estimated credit losses in the Bank’s current portfolio.

 

The Company has an internal loan review department that is independent of the lending function to challenge and corroborate the loan grading system, and provide additional analysis in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

 

In addition to the allocated reserve for graded loans, a portion of the allowance is determined by segmenting the portfolio into product groupings with similar risk characteristics. This supplemental portion of the allowance includes our judgmental consideration of any additional amounts necessary for subjective factors such as economic uncertainties and excess concentration risks. Concentration risk limits have been established for, among other things, certain industry concentrations, large balance and highly leveraged credit relationships that exceed specified risk grades, and loans originated with policy exceptions. Management evaluates the degree of risk that each one of these components has on the quality of the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors

 

45



Table of Contents

 

beyond the Company’s control, including the performance of our loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.

 

Unallocated Reserves. The unallocated reserve, which is judgmentally determined, is maintained to recognize the imprecision in estimating and measuring loss when evaluating reserves for individual loans or pools of loans.

 

The methodology used in the periodic review of reserve adequacy, which is performed at least quarterly, is designed to be dynamic and responsive to changes in actual and expected credit losses. These changes are reflected in both the general and unallocated reserves. The historical loss ratios and estimated risk factors related to segmenting our loan portfolio, which are key considerations in this analysis, are updated quarterly and are weighted more heavily for recent economic conditions. The review of reserve adequacy is performed by executive management and presented to the Audit Committee quarterly for its review and consideration.

 

The table below provides an allocation of the year-end allowance for loan and credit losses by loan and commitment type; however, allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

(In thousands)

 

Amount of
allowance

 

Loans in
category as a
% of total
gross loans

 

Amount of
allowance

 

Loans in
category as a
% of total
gross loans

 

Amount of
allowance

 

Loans in
category as a
% of total
gross loans

 

Amount of
allowance

 

Loans in
category as a
% of total
gross loans

 

Amount of
allowance

 

Loans in
category as a
% of total
gross loans

 

Commercial

   

$

13,190

   

31.9

$

8,015

   

31.2

$

7,162

   

31.2

$

8,517

   

31.6

$

4,725

   

34.7

%

Real estate — mortgage

 

16,899

 

50.1

%

5,888

 

47.3

%

4,656

 

45.3

%

4,382

 

51.2

%

3,987

 

47.3

%

Real estate — construction

 

10,122

 

13.1

%

4,826

 

16.8

%

3,819

 

19.0

%

1,802

 

11.3

%

758

 

10.9

%

Consumer

 

1,404

 

4.3

%

710

 

3.9

%

652

 

3.7

%

801

 

5.0

%

599

 

5.9

%

Other

 

 

0.6

%

 

0.8

%

35

 

0.8

%

44

 

0.9

%

76

 

1.2

%

Unallocated

 

1,236

 

0.0

%

604

 

 

1,547

 

 

1,360

 

 

4,529

 

 

Off-balance sheet commitments

 

259

 

0.0

%

576

 

 

576

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

43,110

 

100.0

%

$

20,619

 

100.0

%

$

18,447

 

100.0

%

$

16,906

 

100.0

%

$

14,674

 

100.0

%

 

We believe that any allocation of the allowance into categories creates an appearance of precision that does not exist. The allocation table should not be interpreted as an indication of the specific amounts, by loan classification, to be charged to the allowance. We believe that the table is a useful device for assessing the adequacy of the allowance as a whole. The allowance is utilized as a single unallocated allowance available for all loans.

 

In 2005, the Company adopted a more refined segmentation system that resulted in a majority of the prior unallocated reserve being reallocated into the allowance for commercial loans. Part of the refinement in our segmentation involved assigning increased reserve factors to higher-risk lending activities, such as leverage-financings, certain loans lacking personal guarantees, land acquisition and development loans, or speculative real-estate loans.

 

Overall during 2008, economic conditions continued to deteriorate.  While the Colorado economy outperformed the majority of other metropolitan areas nationally over the last year, it began to show increasing signs of weakness during the fourth quarter of 2008.  These broader economic trends impacted the Company’s Colorado loan portfolio, which saw an increase in adversely graded credits in 2008.  The Arizona market continued to work through the issues related to a severely depressed residential housing market during 2008. The provision for loan and credit losses increased by $35.5 million and $2.6 million to $39.5 million and $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.  As a result, the Company provided $22.5 million and $2.2 million more in provision for loan and credit losses than it charged-off during 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The Company’s allowance for loan and credit losses to total loans increased to 2.12% and 1.12% at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.  The allowance for loan and credit losses to nonperforming loans decreased from 604.69% at December 31, 2007, to 104.95% at December 31, 2008.  We believe that our allowance for loan and credit losses is adequate to cover anticipated loan and credit losses.  However, due to changes in the factors considered by management in evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan and credit losses, management may determine a need to increase the

 

46



Table of Contents

 

allowance for loan and credit losses.  Such determination could have an adverse effect in the level of future loan and credit loss provisions and the Company’s earnings.

 

Investments

 

Our investment portfolio is comprised primarily of securities rated “AAA” or better by various nationally recognized rating agencies, with the majority of the portfolio either maturing or repricing within a one-to five-year period. Our practice is to purchase primarily U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency-backed securities. Our investment strategies are reviewed in bi-monthly meetings of the Asset-Liability Management Committee.

 

Our mortgage-backed securities are typically classified as available for sale. Our goals with respect to our securities portfolio are to:

 

·      Maximize safety and soundness;

·      Provide adequate liquidity;

·      Maximize rate of return within the constraints of applicable liquidity requirements; and

·      Complement asset/liability management strategies.

 

The following table sets forth the book value of the securities in our investment portfolio by type at the dates indicated.  See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

438,188

 

$

326,191

 

$

321,415

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

 

36,509

 

74,365

 

Trust preferred securities

 

22,750

 

12,885

 

22,564

 

Corporate debt securities

 

13,429

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

2,515

 

3,450

 

4,951

 

Other investments

 

23,566

 

16,628

 

15,599

 

Total

 

$

500,448

 

$

395,663

 

$

438,894

 

 

During 2008, the Company purchased $210.9 million of securities.  The purchases included mortgage-backed securities, trust preferred securities and corporate bond securities.  The increase from security purchases was offset by $109.1 million in maturities and principal pay downs; there were no sales of available-for-sale securities in 2008.  In 2007, the Company identified and subsequently sold approximately $1.1 million in securities that were not in line with the current asset/liability model.

 

During 2008, the net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities increased by $1.6 million.  The increase in our unrealized loss resulted from market changes in interest rates and overall market illiquidity. During 2007, net unrealized loss on the available-for-sale securities decreased by $1.3 million.  Partially contributing to the decrease was $0.5 million related to the realization of losses on securities sold and called during 2007.  At December 31, 2008, the Company’s securities in a temporary unrealized loss position consisted primarily of mortgage-backed and trust preferred securities.  The mortgage-backed securities consist primarily of securities issued by government-sponsored entities. The fair value of these securities is expected to recover as the securities approach their stated maturity or repricing date.  The trust preferred securities are all single-entity issues that have been impacted by the overall decrease in the financial services market.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded an other than temporary impairment (OTTI) of $1.7 million on two securities.  The OTTI included a $1.3 million write down resulting from an increase in the credit risk associated with a single entity issued trust preferred security and a write down of $0.4 million on a FNMA perpetual preferred security.  The OTTI is included as a component of “Loss on

 

47



Table of Contents

 

securities, other assets and other real estate owned” in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.  The Company did not recognize an OTTI in 2007.

 

During 2008, other investments increased by $6.9 million mainly due to Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock purchases of $6.4 million and FHLB stock dividends of $0.5 million. The Company purchased additional FHLB stock in 2008 to increase its borrowing base with the FHLB that is calculated on FHLB stock holdings and available collateral.  During 2007 other investments increased by $1.0 million due to FHLB stock purchases of $0.4 million and FHLB stock dividends of $0.6 million.

 

The following table sets forth the book value, maturity or repricing frequency and approximate yield of the securities in our investment portfolio at December 31, 2008.

 

 

 

Maturity or Repricing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within 1 year

 

1 - 5 years

 

5 - 10 years

 

Over 10 years

 

Total book value

 

(In thousands)

 

Amount

 

Yield (1)

 

Amount

 

Yield (1)

 

Amount

 

Yield (1)

 

Amount

 

Yield (1)

 

Amount

 

Yield (1)

 

Mortgage-backed securities

   

$

13,547

   

4.87

$

307,301

   

5.33

$

48,818

   

5.23

$

68,522

   

5.27

$

438,188

   

5.30

%

U.S. Government agencies

 

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

0.00

%

Trust Preferred securities

 

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

22,750

 

7.51

%

22,750

 

7.51

%

Corporate debt securities

 

 

0.00

%

13,429

 

5.85

%

 

 

 

0.00

%

13,429

 

5.85

%

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

10

 

4.19

%

1,244

 

5.69

%

817

 

5.90

%

444

 

8.87

%

2,515

 

6.32

%

Other investments

 

21,387

 

4.32

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

2,179

 

5.63

%

23,566

 

4.44

%

Total

 

$

34,944

 

4.53

%

$

321,974

 

5.35

%

$

49,635

 

5.24

%

$

93,895

 

5.84

%

$

500,448

 

5.38

%


(1)  Yields have been adjusted to reflect a tax-equivalent basis where applicable.

 

Excluding securities issued by government-sponsored entities, the investment portfolio at December 31, 2008, does not include any single issuer for which the aggregate carrying amount exceeds 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity.

 

Other Assets

 

The following table sets forth the values of our other miscellaneous assets at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Goodwill

 

$

46,160

 

$

43,386

 

$

39,557

 

Intangible assets, net

 

5,704

 

2,112

 

2,583

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

30,718

 

29,546

 

25,581

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

9,154

 

8,811

 

9,033

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

8,617

 

10,201

 

9,747

 

Deferred income taxes

 

16,933

 

7,723

 

7,654

 

Other

 

32,650

 

17,661

 

13,809

 

Total

 

$

149,936

 

$

119,440

 

$

107,964

 

 

The increase in goodwill during 2008 and 2007 of $2.8 million and $3.8 million is primarily attributed to the purchase price allocation from the Wagner and BDA acquisitions, respectively.  The acquisitions took place on December 31, 2007 and January 2, 2008, respectively.

 

The increase in intangible assets of $3.6 million in 2008 is due to the acquisition of intangibles from the BDA and Wagner acquisitions, offset by $0.7 million in amortization.  The decrease of $0.5 million in intangibles in 2007 was due to amortization.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) increased by $1.2 million to $30.7 million at December 31, 2008 as a result of growth in the cash surrender value of the policies.  BOLI increased $3.9 million to $29.5 million at

 

48



Table of Contents

 

December 31, 2007. The 2007 increase was attributed to new BOLI policies of $3.1 million and $0.8 million from the growth in the cash surrender value of the policies.

 

Deferred income taxes increased by $9.2 million to $16.9 million at December 31, 2008.  The increase was primarily due to the $8.5 million tax effect of the provision for loan and credit losses.

 

Other assets increased $15.0 million to $32.6 million at December 31, 2008.  Contributing to the increase was the addition of $5.9 million of OREO, a $5.4 million increase in the fair value of derivatives, and a $2.4 million receivable for estimated tax payments made in excess of the tax liability.  The $3.9 million increase in 2007 over 2006 was comprised primarily of a $2.7 million increase in the value of equity method investments.

 

Deposits

 

Our primary source of funds has historically been customer deposits. We offer a variety of accounts for depositors, which are designed to attract both short- and long-term deposits. These accounts include certificates of deposit, savings accounts, money market accounts, checking and NOW accounts, and individual retirement accounts. During the third quarter of 2007, the Company introduced a non-collateralized Eurodollar sweep product as an alternative to the collateralized customer repurchase product. Eurodollar sweep balances at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 were $88.0 million and $77.4 million, respectively.  At December 31, 2008, noninterest-bearing deposits increased $14.7 million to $453.7 million or 3% from 2007.  We believe we receive a large amount of noninterest-bearing deposits because we provide customers with the option of paying for treasury management services in cash or by maintaining additional noninterest-bearing account balances.  Additionally, the Company is currently participating in the TLGP created by the FDIC, which provides full coverage for noninterest-bearing deposit accounts regardless of the dollar amount.  Interest-bearing accounts earn interest at rates based on competitive market factors and our desire to increase or decrease certain types of maturities or deposits. The Company had $66.6 million and $148.1 million in brokered deposits at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively (excluding reciprocal Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service ® (CDARS) accounts, which we view as customer related deposits). Brokered deposits are considered a wholesale financing source and are used as an alternative to other short-term borrowings. The following tables present the average balances for each major category of deposits and the weighted average interest rates paid for interest-bearing deposits for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Average

 

average

 

Average

 

average

 

Average

 

average

 

(In thousands)

 

balance

 

interest rate

 

balance

 

interest rate

 

balance

 

interest rate

 

NOW and money market

 

$

622,295

 

1.97

%

$

584,677

 

3.19

%

$

512,007

 

2.71

%

Savings

 

10,217

 

1.19

%

11,184

 

1.73

%

9,475

 

1.09

%

Eurodollar

 

108,154

 

2.02

%

26,326

 

3.74

%

0

 

0.00

%

Certificates of deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brokered under $100,000

 

104,421

 

3.75

%

114,867

 

5.28

%

65,927

 

5.13

%

Under $100,000

 

147,314

 

3.23

%

117,331

 

4.85

%

77,748

 

4.09

%

$100,000 and over

 

316,385

 

3.61

%

270,980

 

4.89

%

288,102

 

4.32

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

$

1,308,786

 

2.65

%

$

1,125,365

 

3.99

%

$

953,259

 

3.46

%

Noninterest-bearing demand accounts

 

434,926

 

 

 

439,285

 

 

 

430,083

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

$

1,743,712

 

1.99

%

$

1,564,650

 

2.87

%

$

1,383,342

 

2.38

%

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 and more are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

At December 31, 2008

 

Remaining maturity:

 

 

 

Less than three months

 

$

186,104

 

Three months up to six months

 

67,308

 

Six months up to one year

 

53,271

 

One year and over

 

7,806

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

314,489

 

 

Deposits decreased by $103.7 million to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2008.  The decrease in deposits is mainly due to an decrease of $81.5 million in brokered deposits and $65.4 million in NOW and money market deposits offset by an increase of $77.7 million in reciprocal CDARS.  Although the EESA temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage until December 31, 2009, the past year was challenging in terms of deposit generation.   As a business bank, the vast majority of our depositors typically maintain balances in excess of the FDIC insurance limits. As a result, the Bank has migrated a significant portion of its core deposits from Money Market and NOW accounts into certificates of deposits offered through the CDARS program.

 

Deposits increased by $266.4 million to $1.7 billion at December 31, 2007.  During 2007, the Company saw a migration from lower cost deposits into higher cost categories.  Proceeds from deposit origination were primarily used for loan originations.

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits comprised 27.7% and 25.2% of total deposits at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Short-Term Borrowings

 

Our short-term borrowings include federal funds purchased, term investment option and term auction facility funds offered through the FRB, securities sold under agreements to repurchase which generally mature within 90 days or less, advances from the FHLB with original maturities of one year or less and advances under a revolving credit facility. The following table sets forth information relating to our short-term borrowings.  See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Liquidity and Capital Resources discussion below for further detail.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At or for the year

 

 

 

ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

38,763

 

$

150,374

 

$

8,400

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

62,836

 

20,983

 

14,640

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

157,683

 

150,374

 

50,004

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

2.03

%

5.03

%

5.39

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.59

%

4.23

%

5.25

%

Term investment option / Term auction facility funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

445,000

 

$

 

$

10,000

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

82,503

 

5,699

 

5,762

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

445,000

 

10,000

 

13,000

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

1.20

%

5.11

%

5.00

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.84

%

0.00

%

5.18

%

FHLB overnight advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

59,300

 

$

30,000

 

$

33,800

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

70,858

 

47,404

 

64,992

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

270,000

 

99,800

 

102,000

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

2.16

%

5.38

%

5.21

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.65

%

4.67

%

5.47

%

FHLB term advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

 

$

 

$

100,000

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

108,877

 

68,524

 

106,992

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

300,000

 

110,000

 

150,000

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

2.61

%

5.26

%

5.10

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

5.31

%

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

133,478

 

$

168,336

 

$

227,617

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

147,230

 

228,342

 

241,945

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

180,008

 

259,421

 

250,146

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

1.81

%

3.67

%

3.58

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.90

%

3.00

%

3.59

%

Revolving line of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

 

$

17,070

 

$

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

18,456

 

3,307

 

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

28,358

 

17,070

 

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

3.71

%

6.42

%

0.00

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.00

%

5.16

%

0.00

%

 

Long-term Debt

 

The following table sets forth information relating to our subordinated debentures and notes payable.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Junior subordinated debentures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CoBiz Statutory Trust I

 

$

20,619

 

$

20,619

 

$

20,619

 

CoBiz Capital Trust II

 

30,928

 

30,928

 

30,928

 

CoBiz Capital Trust III

 

20,619

 

20,619

 

20,619

 

Total Junior Subordinated Debentures

 

$

72,166

 

$

72,166

 

$

72,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

$

20,984

 

$

 

$

 

 

For a discussion of long-term debt and for certain financial information for each issuance, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain information related to our results of operations.

 

At or for the year ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of income data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

144,908

 

$

154,510

 

$

136,444

 

Interest expense

 

49,557

 

66,611

 

57,015

 

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

 

95,351

 

87,899

 

79,429

 

Provision for loan losses

 

39,796

 

3,936

 

1,342

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

55,555

 

83,963

 

78,087

 

Noninterest income

 

35,399

 

28,289

 

29,965

 

Noninterest expense

 

89,717

 

75,515

 

71,927

 

Income before taxes

 

1,237

 

36,737

 

36,125

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(91

)

13,713

 

13,299

 

Net income

 

$

1,328

 

$

23,024

 

$

22,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share - basic

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.01

 

Earnings per common share - diluted

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.96

 

$

0.98

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.26

 

$

0.22

 

 

Earnings Performance. Net income was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared with $23.0 million for 2007, and $22.8 million for 2006.  Net income declined by $21.7 million in 2008 from the prior year, primarily relating to an increase in provision for loan losses of $35.9 million over the $3.9 million provision reported for 2007.  Respective increases of $7.5 million and $7.1 million in net interest income before provision and noninterest income were offset by a $14.2 million increase in noninterest expense compared to 2007.  Net income was relatively stable from 2006 to 2007 when increases in net interest income after provision of $5.9 million were largely offset by increases in noninterest expense of $3.6 million and a decrease in noninterest income of $1.7 million.  Reported earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2008, on a fully diluted basis was $0.05, a significant decline from 2007, primarily the result of the 2008 provision for loan losses.  Net income and earnings per common share declined slightly during 2007 compared to 2006, a decrease largely attributed to a 726,000 share increase in the weighted average shares outstanding during 2007.  The increase in shares during 2007 was caused by a secondary offering whereby the Company sold 975,000 shares of common stock.

 

Net Interest Income. The largest component of our net income is our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income, principally from loans and investment securities, and

 

52



Table of Contents

 

interest expense, principally on customer deposits and borrowings. Changes in net interest income result from changes in volume, net interest spread and net interest margin. Volume refers to the average dollar levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest spread refers to the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin refers to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets and is influenced by the level and relative mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

 

Throughout 2008 the Federal government unveiled many new tools and approaches to deal with the credit and liquidity problems associated with the failure or near-failure of several large financial services companies.  However, the FOMC has long used and continues to use the target federal funds rate to influence interest rates and the economy.  The target federal funds rate, the interest rate used by banks lending to each other, significantly affects the Company’s interest rate environment and earnings.  Changes in the federal funds rate have a direct correlation to changes in the prime rate, the underlying index  for most of the variable rate loans issued by the Company.  The target federal funds rate was 4.25% at the beginning of 2006, the result of eight consecutive rate increases totaling 200 basis points during 2005.  The FOMC raised rates another 100 basis points during the first half of 2006, ending the year at 5.25%.  In late 2007, rates were lowered by 100 basis points in response to rising loan losses and falling property values.  Declines in the target federal funds rate continued in 2008, with the target federal funds rate ending the year with a range of 0.00% to 0.25%.

 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain information related to our average asset and liability structure and our average yields on assets and average costs of liabilities. Such yields are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of the corresponding assets or liabilities.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

(In thousands)

 

Average
balance

 

Interest
earned
or paid

 

Average
yield or
cost (3)

 

Average
balance

 

Interest
earned
or paid

 

Average
yield or
cost (3)

 

Average
balance

 

Interest
earned
or paid

 

Average
yield or
cost (3)

 

Assets

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Federal funds sold and other

 

$

7,958

 

$

274

 

3.44

%

$

8,557

 

$

456

 

5.33

%

$

6,677

 

$

423

 

5.33

%

Investment securities (1)

 

427,902

 

22,298

 

5.21

%

410,361

 

21,207

 

5.17

%

468,343

 

21,590

 

4.61

%

Loans (1)(2)

 

1,944,728

 

123,055

 

6.33

%

1,665,379

 

133,446

 

8.01

%

1,446,964

 

114,942

 

7.94

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

(25,750

)

 

 

 

 

(18,559

)

 

 

 

 

(17,356

)

 

 

 

Total interest earning-assets

 

$

2,354,838

 

$

145,627

 

6.11

%

$

2,065,738

 

$

155,109

 

7.51

%

$

1,904,628

 

$

136,955

 

7.19

%

Noninterest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

44,846

 

 

 

 

 

45,097

 

 

 

 

 

46,187

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

130,217

 

 

 

 

 

107,790

 

 

 

 

 

103,622

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,529,901

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,218,625

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,054,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and money market

 

$

622,295

 

$

12,280

 

1.97

%

$

584,677

 

$

18,673

 

3.19

%

$

512,007

 

$

13,857

 

2.71

%

Savings

 

10,217

 

122

 

1.19

%

11,184

 

194

 

1.73

%

9,475

 

103

 

1.09

%

Eurodollar

 

108,154

 

2,180

 

2.02

%

26,326

 

985

 

3.74

%

 

 

0.00

%

Certificates of deposits

 

568,120

 

20,089

 

3.54

%

503,178

 

25,012

 

4.97

%

431,777

 

19,016

 

4.40

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

$

1,308,786

 

$

34,671

 

2.65

%

$

1,125,365

 

$

44,864

 

3.99

%

$

953,259

 

$

32,976

 

3.46

%

Other borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

147,230

 

2,669

 

1.81

%

228,342

 

8,379

 

3.67

%

241,945

 

8,669

 

3.58

%

Other short-term borrowings

 

343,530

 

7,327

 

2.13

%

145,916

 

7,717

 

5.29

%

192,386

 

9,916

 

5.15

%

Subordinated debentures

 

79,306

 

4,890

 

6.17

%

72,166

 

5,651

 

7.83

%

72,166

 

5,454

 

7.56

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

1,878,852

 

$

49,557

 

2.64

%

$

1,571,789

 

$

66,611

 

4.24

%

$

1,459,756

 

$

57,015

 

3.91

%

Noninterest-bearing demand accounts

 

434,926

 

 

 

 

 

439,285

 

 

 

 

 

430,083

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits and interest-bearing liabilities

 

2,313,778

 

 

 

 

 

2,011,074

 

 

 

 

 

1,889,839

 

 

 

 

 

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

18,888

 

 

 

 

 

18,049

 

 

 

 

 

16,848

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and subordinated debentures

 

2,332,666

 

 

 

 

 

2,029,123

 

 

 

 

 

1,906,687

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

197,235

 

 

 

 

 

189,502

 

 

 

 

 

147,750

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

2,529,901

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,218,625

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,054,437

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (taxable equivalent)

 

 

 

$

96,070

 

 

 

 

 

$

88,498

 

 

 

 

 

$

79,940

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

3.47

%

 

 

 

 

3.27

%

 

 

 

 

3.28

%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

4.08

%

 

 

 

 

4.28

%

 

 

 

 

4.20

%

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

125.33

%

 

 

 

 

131.43

%

 

 

 

 

130.48

%

 

 

 

 


(1)  Interest earned has been adjusted to reflect tax exempt assets on a fully tax-equivalent basis.

 

(2)  Loan fees included in interest income are not material. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans outstanding.

 

(3)  Yields have been adjusted to reflect a tax-equivalent basis where applicable.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

The following table illustrates, for the periods indicated, the changes in the levels of interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in volume or rate. Changes in net interest income due to both volume and rate have been included in the changes due to rate column.

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2008

 

Year ended December 31, 2007

 

 

 

compared with

 

compared with

 

 

 

year ended December 31, 2007

 

year ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

Increase (decrease)

 

 

 

Increase (decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

in net interest income

 

 

 

in net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

due to changes in:

 

 

 

due to changes in:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and other

 

$

(32

)

$

(150

)

$

(182

)

$

100

 

$

(67

)

$

33

 

Investment securities

 

906

 

185

 

1,091

 

(2,996

)

2,613

 

(383

)

Loans

 

22,384

 

(32,775

)

(10,391

)

17,501

 

1,003

 

18,504

 

Total interest earning assets

 

23,258

 

(32,740

)

(9,482

)

14,605

 

3,549

 

18,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and money market

 

1,201

 

(7,594

)

(6,393

)

2,321

 

2,495

 

4,816

 

Savings

 

(17

)

(55

)

(72

)

30

 

61

 

91

 

Eurodollar

 

3,061

 

(1,866

)

1,195

 

985

 

0

 

985

 

Certificates of deposits

 

3,228

 

(8,151

)

(4,923

)

3,514

 

2,481

 

5,996

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities and loans sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased

 

7,475

 

(13,575

)

(6,100

)

(2,584

)

95

 

(2,489

)

Subordinated debentures

 

559

 

(1,320

)

(761

)

0

 

197

 

197

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

15,507

 

(32,561

)

(17,054

)

4,266

 

5,329

 

9,596

 

Net increase (decrease) in net interest income

 

$

7,751

 

$

(179

)

$

7,572

 

$

10,339

 

$

(1,781

)

$

8,558

 


(1)  Interest earned has been adjusted to reflect tax exempt assets on a fully tax-equivalent basis.

 

(2)  Loan fees included in interest income are not material. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans outstanding.

 

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $96.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $7.6 million or 8.6% from $88.5 million at December 31, 2007.  The net interest margin contracted by 20 basis points during 2008, ending at 4.08%.  Average interest-earning assets grew by $289.1 million or an increase of 14.0% during 2008 compared to 2007, largely related to growth of $279.3 million in the average loan portfolio.  However, due to falling rates throughout 2008 the yield on the interest-earning asset base fell sharply, overshadowing the asset growth.  The impact to the net interest margin of changes in interest-earning assets was a decrease of 132 basis points.  Loan growth was funded by average interest-bearing deposit growth of $183.4 million and increases in other borrowings of $123.6 million.  The impact of changes in interest-bearing deposits on the net interest margin was an increase of 70 basis points and changes in interest-bearing borrowings increased the net interest margin was an additional 42 basis points.  The increasing margin on interest-bearing liabilities was largely due to falling interest rates offset by volume increases.  The Company’s utilization of the Federal Reserve’s TAF program positively impacted the net interest margin in 2008.  This is a temporary program and there is no assurance that it will be available in the long term.  If this program becomes unavailable, our net interest margin may be adversely impacted by shifting to other wholesale sources.

 

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $88.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $8.6 million or 10.7% over the prior year. The net interest margin increased by 8 basis points from the prior year to 4.28%. Average interest-earning assets increased by $161.1 million or 8.5% from the prior year. The increase was largely related to average loan growth of $218.4 million, offset by a decrease in the average investment portfolio of $58.0 million. The yield on interest-earning assets increased by 32 basis points, primarily contributed by loan volume growth (43 basis points), offset by a volume decrease (11 basis points) in the investments portfolio. Introduction of the Eurodollar deposit product in 2007 allowed the Company to reduce its investment portfolio as securities matured or were called. Contributions to net interest margin relating to rate changes in the investment portfolio nearly offset the effects of the reduced volume. Average interest-earning liabilities also increased during 2007 by

 

54



Table of Contents

 

$112.0 million or 7.7% from the prior year. The increase was largely related to deposit growth of $172.1 million, offset by a decrease in short-term borrowing and securities sold under agreement to repurchase of $60.1 million. The impact of these changes in interest-earning liabilities on net interest margin was a decrease of 23 basis points, a change primarily relating to a 44-basis-point increase in the cost of deposits offset by a decrease of 21 basis points relating to other borrowings and securities sold under agreement to repurchase.

 

In order to reduce our asset sensitivity, the Company executes an asset-liability strategy using interest-rate swaps to fix the interest rate on a portion of our variable-rate loans indexed to prime. During 2008 the Company entered into two new swap agreements with a total notional value of $40.0 million, amortizing over a period of three years.  During 2007, the Company entered into five interest-rate swaps with a total notional value of $75.0 million, amortizing over three years.  The Company receives a fixed rate and pays a variable rate based on the notional amounts. The Company had $90.0 million and $135.0 million in notional values outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate paid was 3.6% versus a weighted-average interest rate received of 6.9% at December 31, 2008.  The weighted-average interest rate paid was 7.3% versus a weighted-average rate received of 7.2% at December, 31, 2007.  During 2008 and 2007, the Company recognized a 9-basis-point increase and a 7-basis-point decrease in its net interest margin, respectively, due to the interest-rate swaps.

 

Provision and Allowance for Loan and Credit Losses. The provision for loan and credit losses increased by $35.5 million to $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The provision for loan losses increased by $2.6 million to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The increase in 2008 was made in recognition of the continued decline in property values, particularly in the Arizona market, and the impact to the portfolio of generally negative trends in the local economies the Company operates in.  The overall quality of the loan portfolio deteriorated in 2008 as nonperforming loans to total loans increased from 0.18% to 2.02%.  Nonperforming loans totaled $41.1 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $3.4 million at December 31, 2007.  Net charge-offs during 2008 were $17.0 million compared to $1.8 million in the prior year.  Charge-offs of $16.3 million came from the Arizona portfolio primarily due to five customer relationships.  Nonperforming assets have consistently been below industry and peer averages (as defined by the FFIEC), and management believes the allowance is at a sufficient level to absorb potential losses in the portfolio.  At December 31, 2008, the allowance for loan and credit losses amounted to $43.1 million, or 105.0% of nonperforming loans compared to $20.6 million and 604.7% of nonperforming loans at December, 31, 2007.

 

Noninterest Income. The following table presents noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges

 

$

4,067

 

$

3,154

 

$

2,778

 

Other loan fees

 

1,017

 

1,023

 

758

 

Investment advisory and trust income

 

6,345

 

4,763

 

4,141

 

Insurance income

 

15,113

 

9,397

 

13,094

 

Investment banking income

 

5,055

 

6,681

 

6,214

 

Other income

 

3,802

 

3,271

 

2,980

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

35,399

 

$

28,289

 

$

29,965

 

 

Service Charges.  Deposit service charges primarily consist of fees earned from our treasury management services. Customers are given the option to pay for these services in cash or by offsetting the fees for these services against an earnings credit that is given for maintaining noninterest-bearing deposits. Fees earned from treasury management services will fluctuate based on the number of customers using the services and from changes in U.S. Treasury rates which are used as a benchmark for the earnings credit rate. Other miscellaneous deposit charges are transactional by nature and may not

 

55



Table of Contents

 

be consistent period-over-period.   The increase in 2008 is attributed to a decrease in the earnings credit rate that has fallen due to a decrease in the U.S. Treasury rate.  As the earnings credit rate decreases, the amount of cash fees paid for service charges increases.  The increase in 2007 over 2006 was due to higher customer utilization of our treasury management services.

 

Investment Advisory and Trust Income.  Investment advisory and trust income for 2008 increased by $1.6 million or 33.2% over the prior year.  Investment advisory and trust income for 2007 increased $0.6 million, or 15%, to $4.8 million.  At December 31, 2007, the Company acquired Wagner whose results are included in 2008 but not any earlier period.  The acquisition of Wagner represented $1.9 million of the total increase, which was offset by a decrease in revenue from the Company’s existing investment management portfolio.

 

Revenues from this source are generally a function of the value of assets under management. Market changes will have a positive or negative impact on the earnings of the companies operating in this business line.  Revenues from the segment were adversely impacted by market events in 2008, when the S&P 500 was down 37% and the DOW Jones Industrial average was down 32%.  Discretionary assets under management at December 31, 2008 were $709.2 million, a 26.4% decrease from 2007.  Total assets under management, custodial assets and assets under advisement at December 31, 2008 were $1.4 billion.  To the extent that the debt and equity markets continue to fall, revenue maintenance and generation in this segment will be challenging.

 

Insurance Income.  Insurance income is derived from three main areas, wealth transfer, benefits consulting and P&C.  The majority of fees earned on wealth transfer transactions are earned at the inception of the product offering in the form of commissions.  As the fees on these products are transactional by nature, fee income can fluctuate from period to period based on the number of transactions that have been closed.  Revenue from benefits consulting and P&C are more recurring revenue sources.

 

Insurance income for 2008 increased $5.7 million from 2007 to $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The change largely relates to the acquisition of CoBiz Insurance — Arizona which contributed $4.0 million in its first year of operating as a CoBiz Financial company.  Insurance income derived from wealth transfer cases increased $1.8 million in 2008 over 2007.  As noted below, in 2007 there were a number of cases that were adversely impacted in the medical underwriting stages.

 

Insurance income for 2007 decreased by $3.7 million, or 28%, from $13.1 million in 2006.  The decrease in the period is largely attributable to a decline in revenues from the Wealth Management unit which saw a number of large cases fail to close during the year due to medical underwriting issues. Income from the segment was also negatively impacted by continued softening of P&C premiums directly affecting commissions earned by CoBiz Insurance.

 

Investment Banking IncomeInvestment banking income includes retainer fees which are recognized over the expected term of the engagement and success fees which are recognized when the transaction is completed and collectibility of fees is reasonably assured.  Investment banking income is transactional by nature and will fluctuate based on the number of clients engaged and transactions successfully closed.  The Company believes it has a significant pipeline of potential transactions though marketing and closing transactions could be challenging for the foreseeable future until credit loosens and merger and acquisition activity gains momentum.

 

Revenues for the Investment Banking unit fell by $1.6 million to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Credit tightening throughout 2008 had an impact on the segment’s results as its clients’ acquisition and sales transactions are highly dependent on financing arrangements.  Scarce financing coupled with declining valuations caused a number of engagements to be put on hold until conditions improve.

 

Investment banking income for 2007 grew slightly from 2006, up $0.5 million or 8%.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Other IncomeOther income is comprised of changes in the cash surrender value of BOLI, earnings on equity method investments, merchant charges, bankcard fees, wire transfer fees, foreign exchange fees and safe deposit income.  Other income for 2008 grew by $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, or 16.2% over 2007.  Other income for 2007 showed modest growth of $0.3 million, or 9.8%, from 2006.

 

The 2008 growth stems from a $0.2 million increase in earnings in income from equity method investments, a $0.2 million increase in income from the increase in cash surrender value in BOLI and a $0.1 million increase in transaction fees earned on the sale of customer interest-rate swaps.  Equity method investments are comprised of interests in mezzanine partnerships. Earnings on our equity method investments are primarily impacted by the mezzanine funds’ sale of portfolio companies they own an interest in, which are not regular, recurring events.  Other sources of income were relatively stable compared to 2007.

 

The increase in other income for 2007 was largely due to earnings on equity method investments, which contributed approximately $1.0 million to income, an increase of $0.2 million compared to 2006.

 

Noninterest Expense. The following table presents noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

55,606

 

$

48,648

 

$

46,487

 

Stock based compensation expense

 

1,762

 

1,524

 

1,140

 

Occupancy expenses, premises and equipment

 

13,075

 

11,541

 

11,360

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

724

 

471

 

475

 

Loss on securities, other assets and OREO

 

4,592

 

1,039

 

1,782

 

Other operating expenses

 

13,958

 

12,292

 

10,683

 

Total noninterest expenses

 

$

89,717

 

$

75,515

 

$

71,927

 

 

Our efficiency ratio was 65.1% for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 64.1% for both 2007 and 2006.  The efficiency ratio is a measure of the Company’s overhead, measuring the percentage of each dollar of income that is paid in operating expenses. Our efficiency ratio increased slightly during the current year as growth in operating expenses outpaced growth in operating revenues.  The Company maintains its goal of reducing the ratio over the next few years and is committed to exploring cost-reduction strategies as they are identified.

 

Salaries and Employee Benefits. Salaries and employee benefits, excluding share-based compensation, increased by $7.0 million, or 14.3%, to $55.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.  The increase includes expenses related to CoBiz Insurance — Arizona of $2.9 million and Wagner of $1.4 million, business units not included in any prior period presented.  Commission-based compensation from the insurance segment (excluding CoBiz Insurance — Arizona) also increased by $1.1 million during 2008 due to the increase in revenue.  Annual merit increases effective January 1, 2008 averaged 3.9% or $1.4 million of incremental costs.  Other significant changes include an increase in insurance benefit expense of $0.9 million to $3.0 million, a 401(k) expense increase of $0.2 million to $2.0 million and growth in total employees.  Our employee base totaled 504 full-time equivalent employees at the end of 2008 (excluding employees of Wagner and CoBiz Insurance — Arizona) compared to 490 at the end of 2007.  Offsetting the increases was a decrease in bonus and incentive expense of $2.3 million to $4.2 million.

 

Salaries and employee benefits for 2007 increased $2.2 million, or 5%, to $48.6 million compared to 2006.  The increase in 2007 was primarily due to the addition of new bankers and annual merit increases. During 2007 and the latter part of 2006, the Bank added a total of 34 additional bankers in Colorado and Arizona at an incremental cost of $2.4 million. Annual merit increases were effective on January 1, 2007

 

57



Table of Contents

 

and averaged 4.37% or $1.3 million. The Company also had a $0.8 million increase in incentive compensation during 2007. These increases were offset by a $1.7 million decrease in compensation paid to commissionable employees, a $0.5 million decrease in health/medical costs and a net decrease of $0.1 million in other salary and benefit expenses. The decrease in compensation paid to commissionable employees is consistent with the decrease in revenue in our insurance segment. The decrease in health/medical costs during 2007 was due to a low level of claims experience that passes through to the Company since we are partially self-insured.

 

Stock-Based Compensation. The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, which requires recognition of compensation costs associated with the grant-date fair value of awards issued after the adoption date and for the portion of awards for which the requisite service period had not previously been rendered.  Costs increased $0.2 million during the year as a result of new awards.  The increase in expense of $0.4 million in 2007 over 2006 was also due to additional stock option grants awarded during the year.  The weighted average fair value of awards issued in 2007 was $4.57 per share and the weighted average fair value of the 2008 awards was $2.57 per share.  The Company uses stock-based compensation to retain existing employees, recruit new employees and is considered an important part of overall compensation. The Company expects to continue using stock-based compensation in the future.

 

Occupancy Costs. Occupancy costs for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $1.5 million versus increases of $0.2 million and $0.4 million in 2007 and 2006.  The acquisitions of CoBiz Insurance — Arizona and Wagner contributed approximately $0.4 million to the 2008 occupancy cost increase.  Two de novo locations that were not fully operational in 2007 also increased 2008 expense by $0.2 million. Maintenance costs, primarily related to computer systems, increased $0.3 million and depreciation on computer hardware and software deployed in 2007-2008 increased $0.2 million.  The Company also expanded its leased premises at the Company headquarters at  821 17th St., Denver, CO, which increased occupancy costs by $0.2 million.

 

The increase in 2007 related to an increase in rent expense on newly leased facilities and leases that adjust annually and maintenance contracts, offset by decreases in depreciation on software and hardware that had reached the end of their depreciable lives.

 

Loss on Securities, Other Assets and OREO. Loss on securities, other assets and OREO increased $3.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 to $4.6 million.  Losses in the current year include $2.9 million related to the sale and valuation adjustment of OREO, OTTI charges on a single-issuer trust preferred security of $1.3 million and a write down of the remaining value of a FNMA perpetual preferred security of $0.4 million.  The $1.0 million loss in 2007 was due to a $0.5 million loss on the sale of repossessed assets and $0.5 million related to the loss on sale and call of investment securities. The $1.8 million loss in 2006 was related to a rebalancing of our investment portfolio where we sold certain securities and purchased other shorter-term securities and reduced our wholesale funding.

 

Other Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $1.7 million or 13.6% over the prior year.  Other operating expenses for 2007 increased $1.6 million, or 15.1%, to $12.3 million compared to 2006.  Other operating expense is comprised of marketing, office supplies, professional services, correspondent banking charges, regulatory assessments and operational losses.  The 2008 increase was primarily due to workout expenses on problem loans and repossessed property of $0.7 million and increases in service contracts and courier expense of $0.8 million.  Regulatory fees and deposit insurance costs are expected to rise significantly in 2009 due to the additional coverage limits obtained through the FDIC.

 

The increase in 2007 was primarily due to an increase in professional services of $0.4 million, marketing and branding initiatives of $0.6 million and regulatory assessments of $0.4 million. Professional services increased primarily due to third-party referral fees paid on investment banking transactions, expenses for investment advisory back-office support, and accounting and legal costs. Marketing increased as a result of initiatives to increase our loan and deposit bases and grow our fee-based business lines. Costs for the branding initiative related to the unification of the CoBiz name across all of the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

The increase in regulatory assessments was primarily caused by the FDIC’s increase in assessment rates.

 

Federal Income Taxes. The net income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $(0.1) million.  The provision for income taxes totaled $13.7 million during 2007, compared to $13.3 million in 2006.  The effective tax rates for 2008, 2007 and 2006 were (7.4)%, 37.3% and 36.8%, respectively.  The tax benefit in 2008 is due to the effect of tax-exempt income that reduced our taxable income to a net tax loss.  The effect of permanent tax differences, such as tax-exempt income, was amplified in 2008 due to the decrease in reported pre-tax income.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet financial obligations to its customers and shareholders in order to fund loans, to respond to deposit outflows and to cover operating expenses.  Maintaining a level of liquid funds through asset/liability management seeks to ensure that these needs are met at a reasonable cost.  Liquidity is essential to compensate for fluctuations in the balance sheet and provide funds for growth and normal operating expenditures.  Sources of funds include customer deposits, scheduled amortization of loans, loan prepayments, scheduled maturities of investments and cash flows from mortgage-backed securities.  Liquidity needs may also be met by deposit growth, converting assets into cash, raising funds in the brokered certificate of deposit market or borrowing using lines of credit with correspondent banks, the FHLB, the FRB or the Treasury.  Longer-term liquidity needs may be met by selling securities available for sale or raising additional capital.

 

Liquidity management is the process by which the Company manages the continuing flow of funds necessary to meet its financial commitments on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost. Our liquidity management objective is to ensure our ability to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers and to allow us to sustain our operations. These funding commitments include withdrawals by depositors, credit commitments to borrowers, shareholder dividends, expenses of its operations and capital expenditures. Liquidity is monitored and closely managed by the Company’s Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO), a group of senior officers from the lending, deposit gathering, finance and treasury areas. ALCO’s primary responsibilities are to ensure the necessary level of funds are available for normal operations as well as maintain a contingency funding policy to ensure that liquidity stress events are quickly identified and management plans are in place to respond. This is accomplished through the use of policies which establish limits and require measurements to monitor liquidity trends, including management reporting that identifies the amounts and costs of all available funding sources.

 

The Company’s current liquidity position is expected to be more than adequate to fund expected asset growth. Historically, our primary source of funds has been customer deposits.  Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and unscheduled loan prepayments — which are influenced by fluctuations in the general level of interest rates, returns available on other investments, competition, economic conditions, and other factors — are less predictable.

 

Available funding through correspondent lines at December 31, 2008, totaled $466.2 million, which represents 18.8% of the Company’s earning assets.  Total available funding of $466.2 million is comprised of $211.2 million in available federal funds purchased lines and $255.0 million in FHLB borrowing capacity. In addition, the Company had $219.1 million in securities available to be pledged for collateral for additional FHLB borrowings and TAF borrowings at December 31, 2008.

 

Liquidity from asset categories is provided through cash and interest-bearing deposits with other banks, which totaled $45.5 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $49.6 million at December 31, 2007.  Additional asset liquidity sources include principal and interest payments from securities in the Company’s investment portfolio and cash flows from its amortizing loan portfolio.

 

Liability liquidity sources include attracting deposits at competitive rates.  Core deposits represented 96% and 92%, respectively, of our total deposits balance of $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2008

 

59



Table of Contents

 

and December 31, 2007, respectively.  Despite government efforts to bolster consumer confidence in the banking system and the marketplace through the implementation of programs such as the EESA, which temporarily raised the limit on federal deposit insurance and the TLGP, which provides full coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts, last year proved to be challenging in terms of deposit generation.  Growth in average core deposits was not sufficient to fund loan growth of $184.9 million or 10.0% during 2008.  Thus, the Company has turned to the use of alternative funding sources.  The Company uses various forms of short-term borrowings for cash management and liquidity purposes. These forms of borrowings include federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings from the FHLB and revolving lines-of-credit. At December 31, 2008, the Bank has approved unsecured federal funds purchase lines with 10 correspondent banks with an aggregate credit line of $250.0 million. The Company regularly uses its federal funds purchase lines to manage its daily cash position.  However, availability to access funds through those lines is dependent upon the cash position of the correspondent banks and there may be times when certain lines are not available.  In addition, certain lines require a one day rest period after a specified number of consecutive days of accessing the lines.  With the overall tightening in the credit markets, certain correspondent lines have been reduced or may not be available due to liquidity issues specific to our correspondents.  During 2008, the Company’s aggregate correspondent credit lines decreased by $15.0 million.  As a result, the Company has shifted additional loans and investments as collateral to the FHLB to increase the Company’s borrowing capacity.  The Bank also has a line of credit from the FHLB that is limited by the amount of eligible collateral available to secure it.  Borrowings under the FHLB line are required to be secured by unpledged securities and qualifying loans. Borrowings may also be used on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities and to match the maturity or repricing intervals of assets.

 

The Company participated in the U.S. Treasury’s Term Investment Option (TIO) program for Treasury Tax and Loan participants. The TIO program allowed us to obtain additional short-term funds at a rate determined through an auction process that is limited by the amount of eligible collateral available to secure it.  However, the Treasury Department suspended the TIO program for the foreseeable future.  The Company also was approved to participate in the Federal Reserve’s Term Auction Facility (TAF) to provide additional liquidity.  Under the TAF, the Federal Reserve auctions term funds to depository institutions.  Advances are for a fixed amount, with the rate determined by an auction process, and must be fully collateralized.  At December 31, 2008, the Company had $445.0 million outstanding under the TAF at a weighted average interest rate of 0.84% with a term of less than 90 days.  The Company had approximately $265.0 million available in loans to pledge as collateral for additional funding under the TAF. The Company intends to continue pursuing funding via the TAF.

 

At the holding company level, our primary sources of funds are dividends paid from the Bank and fee-based subsidiaries, management fees assessed to the Bank and the fee-based business lines, proceeds from the issuance of common stock, and other capital markets activity.  The main use of this liquidity is the quarterly payment of dividends on our common stock, quarterly interest payments on the subordinated debentures and notes payable, payments for mergers and acquisitions activity (including potential earn-out payments), and payments for the salaries and benefits for the employees of the holding company.  The approval of the Colorado State Banking Board is required prior to the declaration of any dividend by the Bank if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with the retained net profits for the preceding two years. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides that the Bank cannot pay a dividend if it will cause the Bank to be “undercapitalized.” The Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock depends upon the availability of dividends from the Bank, earnings from its fee-based businesses, and upon the Company’s compliance with the capital adequacy guidelines of the FRB. See Item 1 “Business — Supervision and Regulation” and Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for an analysis of the compliance of the Bank and CoBiz with applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

 

The Company also has a $30.0 million revolving line of credit agreement that matures on July 30, 2009 that is subject to certain financial covenants.  At December 31, 2008, the Company was in default on two covenants, the minimum return on asset ratio and the maximum non-performing asset to total loans ratio.  Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, these events of default provide the lender the right to

 

60



Table of Contents

 

declare all amounts under the agreement as immediately due and payable.  In addition, the lender’s obligation to advance amounts available pursuant to the agreement is terminated.  At December 31, 2008, the revolving line of credit’s outstanding balance was $0.  Although, the Company has not been notified by the lender that the revolving line of credit agreement has been terminated due to the events of default, the Company is not relying on the line of credit for its liquidity management purposes.

 

Our primary source of shareholders’ equity is the retention of our net after-tax earnings and proceeds from the issuance of common stock. At December 31, 2008 shareholders’ equity totaled $252.1 million, a $62.8 million increase from December 31, 2007.  The increase was primarily due to the issuance and sale of 64,450 shares of preferred stock and a warrant to purchase 895,968 shares of the Company’s common stock to the U.S. Treasury Department as part of the Capital Purchase Program for $64.5 million.  Also contributing to the increase in equity was $1.3 million in net income; $3.1 million of stock options, excess tax benefits on option exercises and employee stock purchase plan activity; and an increase of $0.5 million in accumulated other comprehensive income due mainly to net unrealized gains in the derivatives portfolio.  The increases in equity were offset by dividend payments of $6.6 million in 2008.

 

The Company successfully completed a private placement of $21.0 million of Subordinated Unsecured Promissory Notes during the third and fourth quarters of 2008.  Proceeds from the offering will be used for general corporate purposes.  The notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

 

Management believes the Company continues to have good internal capital generation to support its operations.  We currently anticipate that our cash and cash equivalents, expected cash flows from operations together with alternative sources of funding (i.e. TAF) are sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for working capital, loan originations, capital expenditures and other obligations for at least the next 12 months.  We continually monitor existing and alternative financing sources to support our capital and liquidity needs, including but not limited to, debt issuance, common stock issuance and deposit funding sources.  Based on our current financial condition and our results of operations, we believe that the Company will be able to sustain its ability to raise adequate capital through one of these financing sources.

 

On November 2, 2005, the Company filed a universal shelf registration that allows the Company to issue any combination of debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, common stock and securities warrants from time to time in one or more offerings up to a total dollar amount of $100.0 million. A new universal shelf registration was filed on January 5, 2007 to allow for the sale of common stock by affiliates of the Company and the original universal shelf registration was withdrawn. On January 24, 2007, pursuant to the universal shelf registration, we sold 975,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $20.90. In conjunction with the offering, our CEO, one member of our Board of Directors and the estate of one former member of our Board of Directors (Selling Shareholders) sold 2,425,262 shares of common stock. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the Selling Shareholders.

 

On July 19, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program for the repurchase of up to 5% of its outstanding stock. Share repurchases under this program were to made through open market purchases, block trades or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time and in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act. The program concluded on November 19, 2007, when all authorized shares had been repurchased. The shares were repurchased at a weighted average price of $16.72 and a total cost of $20.1 million.

 

We are subject to minimum risk-based capital limitations as set forth by federal banking regulations at both the consolidated Company level and the Bank level. Under the risk-based capital guidelines, different categories of assets, including certain off-balance sheet items, such as loan commitments in excess of one year and letters of credit, are assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset base. For purposes of the risk-based capital guidelines, total capital is defined as the sum of “Tier 1” and “Tier 2” capital elements, with Tier 2 capital being limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital includes, with certain restrictions, common shareholders’ equity, perpetual

 

61



Table of Contents

 

preferred stock and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries. Tier 2 capital includes, with certain limitations, perpetual preferred stock not included in Tier 1 capital, certain maturing capital instruments, and the allowance for loan and credit losses. At December 31, 2008, the Bank was well-capitalized with a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 10.2%, and Total Capital ratio of 11.5%. The minimum ratios to be considered well-capitalized under the risk-based capital standards are 6% and 10%, respectively. At the holding company level, the Company’s Tier 1 Capital ratio at December 31, 2008, was 12.3%, and its Total Capital ratio 14.5%. Total Risk-Based Capital for the consolidated company increased by $84.0 million during 2008.  The majority of the increase is attributed to the $64.5 million investment received from the Treasury Department as part of the CPP and to a $21.0 million private offering of subordinated notes payable raised in the third and fourth quarters that qualifies as Tier 2 capital.  In order to comply with the regulatory capital constraints, the Company and its Board of Directors constantly monitor the capital level and its anticipated needs based on the Company’s growth. The Company has identified sources of additional capital that could be used if needed, and monitors the costs and benefits of these sources, which include both the public and private markets.

 

The Company has issued a total of $70.0 million of trust preferred securities through statutory trusts that are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Although the accounts of the trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, all of the $70.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by the trusts are included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes as allowed by the FRB. On February 28, 2005, the FRB finalized a rule that would continue to allow the inclusion of trust preferred securities issued by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts in Tier 1 capital, but with stricter quantitative and qualitative standards. Under the rule, after a transition period ending on March 31, 2009, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements would be limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill that has been reduced by any associated deferred tax liability. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to restrictions. Based on the final rule, the Company’s allowable trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital would decrease if it had been in effect at December 31, 2008. The additional amount excluded from Tier 1 capital would be included in Tier 2 capital and the Company would still be adequately capitalized.

 

The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements do not reflect various off-balance sheet commitments that are made in the normal course of business, which may involve some liquidity risk.  Off-balance sheet arrangements are discussed in the Contractual Obligations and Commitments section following.  The Company has commitments to extend credit under lines of credit and stand-by letters of credit. The Company has also committed to investing in certain partnerships.  See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on these commitments.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

Summarized below are the Company’s contractual obligations (excluding deposit liabilities) to make future payments at December 31, 2008:

 

62



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

Within
one year

 

After one
but within
three years

 

After three
but within
five years

 

After
five years

 

Total

 

Federal funds purchased (1)

 

$

38,763

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

38,763

 

Term Auction Facility (2)

 

445,074

 

 

 

 

445,074

 

FHLB overnight funds purchased (1)

 

59,300

 

 

 

 

59,300

 

Repurchase agreements (1)

 

133,478

 

 

 

 

133,478

 

Operating lease obligations

 

5,358

 

8,667

 

6,812

 

7,551

 

28,388

 

Long-term debt obligations (3)

 

4,675

 

9,349

 

29,640

 

129,351

 

173,015

 

Preferred Stock, Series B dividend (4)

 

3,223

 

6,445

 

70,823

 

 

80,491

 

Supplemental executive retirement plan

 

 

 

 

2,834

 

2,834

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

689,871

 

$

24,461

 

$

107,275

 

$

139,736

 

$

961,343

 

 


(1)          Interest on these obligations has been excluded due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

 

(2)          Includes interest of $0.1 million due “Within one year”.

 

(3)          Principal repayment of the junior subordinated debentures is assumed to be contractual maturity.  Principal repayment of the subordinated notes payable is assumed to be its first call date.  Interest is calculated at the applicable rate at December 31, 2008 and reported in the related “due within” categories.   Included in long-term debt obligations are estimated interest payments related to Subordinated Debt (junior and unsecured) of $4.8 million due “Within one year”, $9.3 million due “After one but within three years”, $8.7 million due “After three but within five years” and $57.2 million due “After five years.”  Interest reported above was calculated at the actual borrowing rates at December 31, 2008.  Interest rates paid on junior subordinated debentures are variable rates and actual interest payments will differ based on actual LIBOR and actual amounts outstanding for the applicable periods. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on subordinated debt.

 

(4)          Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B issued to the US Treasury December 2008 includes dividends payable at 5% on $64,450,000.  The preferred shares are shown in the table as being due in the “After three but within five years” category.  This assumes the $64,450,000 in preferred stock will be redeemed in the year prior to the step up to 9% for the dividend rate.

 

The Company has employed a strategy to expand its offering of fee-based products through the acquisition of entities that complement its business model. We will often structure the purchase price of an acquired entity to include an earn-out, which is a contingent payment based on achieving future performance levels. Given the uncertainty of today’s economic climate and the performance challenges it creates for companies, we feel the use of earn-outs in acquisitions is an effective method to bridge the expectation gap between a buyer’s caution and a seller’s optimism. Earn-outs help to protect buyers from paying a full valuation up front without the assurance of the acquisition’s performance, while allowing sellers to participate in the full value of the company provided the anticipated performance does occur. Since the earn-out payments are determined based on the acquired company’s performance during the earn-out period, the total payments to be made are not known at the time of the acquisition.

 

The Company has committed to make additional earn-out payments to the former owners of Wagner based on earnings and performance. At December 31, 2008, the Company did not accrue for any earn-out payments for the fiscal year 2008.

 

The Company, at the time of the purchase of the assets of BDA, placed into escrow $750,000 as deferred purchase price that could be earned by achieving certain agreed upon performance measures over the two-year period following the acquisition.  At December 31, 2008, it was determined the unit had met the first of two performance measures and in January 2009 $375,000 of the deferred purchase price was released to the former owners.

 

The contractual amount of the Company’s financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, expiring by period at December 31, 2008, is presented below:

 

63



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

Within
one year

 

After one
but within
three years

 

After three
but within
five years

 

After
five years

 

Total

 

Unfunded loan commitments

 

$

432,182

 

$

166,576

 

$

36,811

 

$

3,333

 

$

638,902

 

Standby letters of credit

 

45,031

 

4,881

 

150

 

 

50,062

 

Commercial letters of credit

 

1,263

 

3,283

 

 

 

4,546

 

Unfunded commitments for unconsolidated investments

 

2,180

 

 

 

 

2,180

 

Company guarantees

 

1,673

 

 

 

 

1,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commitments

 

$

482,329

 

$

174,740

 

$

36,961

 

$

3,333

 

$

697,363

 

 

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the liquidity, credit enhancement and financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include legally binding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheet. Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the amount of credit risk should the instruments be fully drawn upon and the customer defaults.

 

To control the credit risk associated with entering into commitments and issuing letters of credit, the Company uses the same credit quality, collateral policies and monitoring controls in making commitments and letters of credit as it does with its lending activities. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation.

 

Legally binding commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit obligate the Company to meet certain financial obligations of its customers if, under the contractual terms of the agreement, the customers are unable to do so. The financial standby letters of credit issued by the Company are irrevocable. Payment is only guaranteed under these letters of credit upon the borrower’s failure to perform its obligations to the beneficiary.

 

Approximately $46.8 million of total commitments at December 31, 2008, represent commitments to extend credit at fixed rates of interest, which exposes the Company to some degree of interest-rate risk.

 

The Company has also entered into interest-rate swap agreements under which it is required to either receive or pay cash to a counterparty depending on changes in interest rates. The interest-rate swaps are carried at their fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates at the balance sheet date. Interest-rate swaps recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008, do not represent amounts that will ultimately be received or paid under the contract and are therefore excluded from the table above.

 

Effects of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The primary impact of inflation on our operations is increased operating costs. Unlike most retail or manufacturing companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution such as the Company are monetary in nature. As a result, the impact of interest rates on a financial institution’s performance is generally greater than the impact of inflation. Although interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, or to the same extent, as the prices of goods and services, increases in inflation generally have resulted in increased interest rates. Over short periods of time, interest rates may not move in the same direction, or at the same magnitude, as inflation.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Asset/Liability Management

 

Asset/liability management is concerned with the timing and magnitude of repricing assets compared to liabilities. It is our objective to generate stable growth in net interest income and to attempt to control risks associated with interest rate movements. In general, our strategy is to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income by maintaining a favorable match between the maturities or repricing dates of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We adjust interest sensitivity during the year through changes in the mix of assets and liabilities. Our asset and liability management strategy is formulated and monitored by the Asset-Liability Management Committee, in accordance with policies approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank. This committee meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activity, and maturities of investments and borrowings. The asset-liability committee also approves and establishes pricing and funding decisions with respect to our overall asset and liability composition. The committee reviews our liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of investments, deposits and borrowings, deposit activity, current market conditions, and general levels of interest rates. To effectively measure and manage interest rate risk, we use simulation analysis to determine the impact on net interest income of changes in interest rates under various interest rate scenarios. From these simulations, interest rate risk is quantified and appropriate strategies are developed and implemented.

 

The following table presents an analysis of the interest-rate sensitivity inherent in our net interest income and market value of equity. The interest rate scenario presented in the table includes interest rates at December 31, 2008, as adjusted by instantaneous rate changes upward of up to 200 basis points.  Due to the current interest rate environment — the FOMC has a 0-25 basis point target federal funds rate at December 31, 2008 with prime set at 300 basis points above the FOMC target — the downward movement analysis was limited to a 100 basis point change.  Since there are limitations inherent in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in market interest rates, this analysis is not intended to be a forecast of the actual effect of a change in market interest rates. The market value sensitivity analysis presented includes assumptions that (i) the composition of our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities existing at December 31, 2008, will remain constant over the 12-month measurement period; and (ii) that changes in market rates are parallel and instantaneous across the yield curve regardless of duration or repricing characteristics of specific assets or liabilities. Further, the analysis does not contemplate any actions that we might undertake in response to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, this analysis is not intended to and does not provide a precise forecast of the effect actual changes in market rates will have on us.

 

 

 

Change in interest rates in basis points

 

 

 

-200

 

-100

 

0

 

+100

 

+200

 

Impact on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

n/a

 

(3.1

)%

 

1.5

%

1.7

%

Market value of equity

 

n/a

 

(9.9

)%

 

5.1

%

9.2

%

 

Our results of operations depend significantly on net interest income. Like most financial institutions, our interest income and cost of funds are affected by general economic conditions and by competition in the marketplace. Rising and falling interest rate environments can have various impacts on net interest income, depending on the interest rate profile (i.e., the difference between the repricing of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities), the relative changes in interest rates that occur when various assets and liabilities reprice, unscheduled repayments of loans and investments, early withdrawals of deposits, and other factors. As a general rule, banks with positive interest rate gaps are more likely to be susceptible to declines in net interest income in periods of falling interest rates, while banks with negative interest rate gaps are more likely to experience declines in net interest income in periods of rising interest rates. At December 31, 2008, our cumulative interest rate gap was a positive

 

65



Table of Contents

 

21.84%. Therefore, assuming no change in our gap position, a rise in interest rates is likely to result in increased net interest income, while a decline in interest rates is likely to result in decreased net interest income. This is a point-in-time position that is continually changing and is not indicative of our position at any other time. While the gap position is a useful tool in measuring interest rate risk and contributes toward effective asset and liability management, shortcomings are inherent in gap analysis since certain assets and liabilities may not move proportionally as interest rates change. Consequently, in addition to gap analysis, we use the simulation model discussed above to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet.

 

The following table sets forth the estimated maturity or repricing, and the resulting interest rate gap, of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2008. All amounts in the table are based on contractual repricing schedules. Actual prepayment and withdrawal experience may vary significantly from the assumptions reflected in the table. For information on the fair value of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

Estimated maturity or repricing at December 31, 2008

 

(In thousands)

 

Less than
three months

 

Three months
to less than
one year

 

One to
five years

 

Over
five years

 

Total

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits and federal funds sold

 

$

9,632

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

9,632

 

Fixed rate loans

 

58,982

 

78,459

 

275,159

 

73,380

 

485,980

 

Floating rate loans

 

1,011,605

 

28,655

 

491,598

 

13,415

 

1,545,273

 

Investment securities held to maturity and available for sale

 

21,388

 

13,556

 

321,974

 

143,530

 

500,448

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

$

1,101,607

 

$

120,670

 

$

1,088,731

 

$

230,325

 

$

2,541,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and money market

 

$

297,144

 

$

35,128

 

$

68,315

 

$

165,361

 

$

565,948

 

Savings

 

3,710

 

278

 

927

 

4,359

 

9,274

 

Eurodollar

 

88,025

 

 

 

 

88,025

 

Time deposits under $100,000

 

153,540

 

48,424

 

5,600

 

 

207,564

 

Time deposits $100,000 and over

 

186,104

 

120,579

 

7,806

 

 

314,489

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

133,478

 

 

 

 

133,478

 

Other short-term borrowings

 

543,063

 

 

 

 

543,063

 

Long-term debt

 

72,166

 

 

 

20,984

 

93,150

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

1,477,230

 

$

204,409

 

$

82,648

 

$

190,704

 

$

1,954,991

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate gap

 

$

(375,623

)

$

(83,739

)

$

1,006,083

 

$

39,621

 

$

586,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative interest rate gap

 

$

(375,623

)

$

(459,362

)

$

546,721

 

$

586,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-11.10

%

-18.06

%

19.54

%

21.84

%

 

 

 

To manage the relationship of our interest-earning assets and liabilities, we evaluate the following factors: liquidity, equity, debt/capital ratio, anticipated prepayment rates, portfolio maturities, maturing assets and maturing liabilities. Our Asset-Liability Management Committee is responsible for establishing procedures that enable us to achieve our goals while adhering to prudent banking practices and existing loan and investment policies.

 

We have focused on maintaining balance between interest-rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and repricing frequencies. An important element of this focus has been to emphasize variable-rate loans and investments funded by deposits that also mature or reprice over periods of 12 months or less.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents, at December 31, 2008, loans by maturity in each major category of our portfolio. Actual maturities may differ from the contractual maturities shown below as a result of renewals and prepayments. Loan renewals are evaluated in the same manner as new credit applications.

 

 

 

At December 31, 2008

 

 

 

Less than

 

One to

 

Over

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

one year

 

five years

 

five years

 

Total

 

Commercial

 

$

442,894

 

$

189,106

 

$

16,968

 

$

648,968

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

395,718

 

552,823

 

68,903

 

1,017,444

 

Real estate — construction

 

253,396

 

13,532

 

 

266,928

 

Consumer

 

83,101

 

3,297

 

303

 

86,701

 

Other

 

2,592

 

7,999

 

621

 

11,212

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

1,177,701

 

$

766,757

 

$

86,795

 

$

2,031,253

 

 

Of the $853.5 million of loans with maturities of one year or more, approximately $332.9 million were fixed-rate loans and $505.0 million were variable-rate loans at December 31, 2008.

 

To augment our asset and liability management strategy, we also began using interest-rate swaps in 2004, with the overall goal of minimizing the impact of interest rate fluctuations on our net interest margin. Interest-rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed-rate and variable-rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts. Since we implemented the program in 2004, we have entered into 18 different interest-rate swap agreements, seven of which were outstanding at December 31, 2008.

 

Under the interest-rate swap agreements, we receive a fixed rate and pay a variable rate based on the prime rate. The swaps qualify as cash flow hedges under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended, and are designated as hedges of the variability of cash flows we receive from certain of our prime-indexed loans. In accordance with SFAS 133, these swap agreements are measured at fair value and reported as assets or liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The portion of the change in the fair value of the swaps that is deemed effective in hedging the cash flows of the designated assets are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effects (OCI) and reclassified into interest income when such cash flows occur in the future. Any ineffectiveness resulting from the hedges is recorded as a gain or loss in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income as a part of noninterest income.

 

Interest-rate swap information at December 31, 2008, is summarized as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

Amortization of Notional

 

Swap

 

Maturity Date

 

Fixed
Rate

 

Notional

 

Fair Market
Value

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Swap - January 26, 2007

 

April 1, 2010

 

8.080

%

$

10,000

 

349

 

$

5,000

 

$

5,000

 

$

 

Swap - April 2, 2007

 

May 1, 2010

 

7.776

%

10,000

 

360

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

 

Swap - May 29, 2007

 

June 1, 2010

 

8.053

%

10,000

 

421

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

 

Swap - August 16, 2007

 

August 1, 2010

 

7.630

%

10,000

 

445

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

 

Swap - October 5, 2007

 

October 1, 2010

 

7.426

%

10,000

 

477

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

 

Swap - June 10, 2008

 

June 1, 2011

 

6.360

%

15,000

 

541

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

Swap - October 17, 2008

 

October 1, 2011

 

5.520

%

25,000

 

993

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

90,000

 

$

3,586

 

$

30,000

 

$

30,000

 

$

30,000

 

 

During 2008, 2007 and 2006, net interest income was increased or (decreased) by $2.1 million, ($1.4) million and ($2.1) million, respectively, from the settlement of the interest-rate swaps.

 

In February 2009, the Company initiated a new series of interest-rate swap transactions designated as cash flow hedges.  The intent of the transactions are to fix the effective interest rate of payments due on

 

67



Table of Contents

 

its junior subordinated debentures with the objective of reducing the Company’s exposure to adverse changes in cash flows relating to payments on its LIBOR-based floating-rate debt.  The swap agreements having a total notional value of $70.0 million will fix the interest rates between 4.7% and 5.5% and mature over varying lengths of time from five and 20 years.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Reference is made to our Consolidated Financial Statements, the reports thereon, and the notes thereto beginning at page F-1 of this Form 10-K, which financial statements, reports, notes and data are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s CEO and the Company’s CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures at the end of the period covered by this report pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s CEO and CFO concluded the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in reports that it files under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial ReportingDuring the fourth quarter of 2008 no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was identified in connection with this evaluation that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are set forth in our Consolidated Financial Statements and the reports thereon beginning at page F-1.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Information concerning the Company’s directors and officers called for by this item will be included under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Management” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement prepared in connection with the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2009 Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding audit committee financial experts and the audit committee appearing under the caption “Meetings of the Board and Committees — Audit Committee” will be included in our 2009 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference. Information regarding disclosure of compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act appearing under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” will be included in our 2009 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics (“Code of Conduct”) that applies to the Company’s officers, directors and employees, including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller (collectively “Company Associates”), or persons performing similar functions. The Company has posted the Code of Conduct and will post any changes in or waivers of the Code of Conduct applicable to any Company Associate on its website at www.cobizfinancial.com.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

Information concerning the compensation of Company executives called for by this item will be included in the 2009 Proxy Statement under the captions “Meetings of the Board and Committees — Compensation of Directors” and “Executive Compensation” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management called for by this item will be included in the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement under the caption “Principal Shareholders” and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans appearing under the caption “Executive Compensation — Stock Option Plans” will be included in our 2009 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

Information concerning certain relationships and transactions between CoBiz and its affiliates called for by this item will be included in the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement under the captions “Certain Relationships and Transactions” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Information required by this Item will be included under the caption “Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Audit Committee Report” in the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1)

 

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

 

 

 

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting;

 

 

 

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007;

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006;

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006;

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006;

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

69



Table of Contents

(2)

 

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not required or because the required information is included in the financial statements and/or related notes.

 

 

 

(3)

 

Exhibits and Index of Exhibits:

 

 

 

 

(1)(2)

2

Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 28, 2000.

 

 

 

(2)

3.1

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.

 

 

 

(3)

3.2

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

 

 

(8)

3.3

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.

 

 

 

(4)

3.4

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.

 

 

 

(14)

3.5

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.

 

 

 

(18)

3.6

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.

 

 

 

(25)

3.7

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.

 

 

 

(23)

4.1

Form of Subordinated Unsecured Promissory Notes due 2018.

 

 

 

(23)

4.2

Form of Note Holders Agreement, dated August 18, 2008, by and between CoBiz Financial Inc. and Holders of Promissory Notes Issued by CoBiz Financial Inc. in connection with a Private Placement Memorandum of CoBiz Financial Inc. dated as of July 25, 2008.

 

 

 

(25)

4.3

Form of Certificate for 64,450 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, issued to the United States Department of the Treasury, dated December 19, 2008.

 

 

 

(25)

4.4

Form of the Warrant to Purchase 895,968 shares of Common Stock issued December 19, 2008 to the United States Department of the Treasury (original warrantholder).

 

 

 

(2)

10.1

CoBiz Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

(2)

10.2

Amended and Restated CoBiz Inc. 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

 

 

 

(2)

10.3

Amended and Restated CoBiz Inc. 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

 

 

 

(2)

10.4

Employment Agreement, dated at March 1, 1995, by and between Equitable Bankshares of Colorado, Inc. and Jonathan C. Lorenz.

 

 

 

(2)

10.5

Employment Agreement, dated at January 3, 1998, by and between Colorado Business Bankshares, Inc. and Richard J. Dalton.

 

 

 

(5)

10.6

Lease Agreement between Kesef, LLC and Colorado Business Bankshares, Inc. dated May 1, 1998.

 

 

 

(6)

10.7

First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Kesef, LLC and Colorado Business Bankshares, Inc. dated August 1, 2000.

 

 

 

(7)

10.8

2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

(8)

10.9

2002 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

(9)

10.10

Employment Agreement, dated August 12, 2003, by and between CoBiz Inc. and Lyne B. Andrich.

 

 

 

(10)

10.11

Lease Agreement between Za’hav and First Capital Bank of Arizona dated June 15, 2001.

 

 

 

(10)

10.12

Lease Agreement between Dorit, LLC and Colorado Business Bank, N.A. dated March 31, 2003.

 

 

 

(11)

10.13

Employment Agreement, dated November 19, 2004, by and between CoBiz Inc. and Steven Bangert.

 

 

 

(12)

10.14

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

 

 

 

(4)

10.15

2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

(15)

10.16

Indemnification Agreements dated December 19, 2006 between CoBiz Inc. and each the following directors and executive officers of the Corporation: Lyne B. Andrich, Steven Bangert, Michael B. Burgamy, Jerry W. Chapman, Richard J. Dalton, Morgan Gust, Thomas M. Longust, Jonathan C. Lorenz, Evan Makovsky, Harold F. Mosanko, Robert B. Ostertag, Howard R. Ross, Noel N. Rothman, Timothy J. Travis, Mary Beth Vitale and Mary White.

 

 

 

(13)

10.17

Employment Agreement, dated August 7, 2006, by and between CoBiz Inc. and Troy R. Dumlao.

 

 

 

(16)

10.18

Amendments dated March 16, 2006 to the Employment Agreements between CoBiz Inc. and each of Steven Bangert, Jonathan C. Lorenz, Richard J. Dalton, Lyne B. Andrich and Robert B. Ostertag.

 

 

 

(17)

10.19

Indemnification Agreement dated March 5, 2007 between CoBiz Inc. and Troy R. Dumlao.

 

 

 

(19)

10.20

Revolving Credit Agreement, dated August 2, 2007, by and between CoBiz Financial Inc. and US Bank, NA.

 

 

 

(19)

10.21

Form of Amended and Restated Executive Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan and Agreements, dated December 31, 2007 between Cobiz Financial Inc and each of Steven Bangert, Richard J. Dalton, Lyne B. Andrich and Robert B. Ostertag.

 

 

 

(20)

10.22

Second and Third Amendments to Lease Agreement between Kesef, LLC and Colorado Business Bankshares, Inc. dated August 1, 2000.

 

 

 

(21)

10.23

First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated May 9, 2008, by and between CoBiz Financial Inc. and US Bank, NA.

 

 

 

(22)

10.24

Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

(24)

10.25

Second Amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated July 31, 2008 between CoBiz Financial Inc. and US Bank, NA.

 

 

 

(25)

10.26

Securities Purchase Agreement , dated December 19, 2008, by and between CoBiz Financial Inc. and the United Stated Department of the Treasury.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

(25)

10.27

Form of Waiver of Claims Against the United States for changes in compensation or benefits resulting from participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program.

 

 

 

(25)

10.28

Form of Letter Agreement to Amend the executive employment contracts to conform to requirements and limitations promulgated by participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program and other regulations under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended) between CoBiz Financial Inc. and each of Steven Bangert, Jonathan C. Lorenz, Richard J. Dalton, Lyne B. Andrich and Robert B. Ostertag.

 

 

 

(10)

14

Code of Conduct and Ethics.

 

 

 

 

21

List of subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting firm.

 

 

 

 

31.1

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

 

31.2

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

 

 

32.1

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

 

32.2

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.


(1)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-51866).

 

(2)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 333-50037).

 

(3)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on March 23, 2001.

 

(4)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A as filed on April 14, 2005.

 

(5)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10QSB for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, as filed on November 13, 1998.

 

(6)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000, as filed on November 14, 2000.

 

(7)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement filed in connection with its 2000 annual meeting of shareholders, as filed on April 19, 2000.

 

(8)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, as filed on August 14, 2002.

 

(9)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, as filed on November 13, 2003.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

(10)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, as filed on March 12, 2004.

 

(11)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on November 24, 2004.

 

(12)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, as filed on November 9, 2007.

 

(13)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006, as filed on August 9, 2006.

 

(14)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on December 18, 2006.

 

(15)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on December 20, 2006.

 

(16)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on March 20, 2006.

 

(17)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed on March 15, 2007.

 

(18)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007, as filed on August 9, 2007.

 

(19)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed on March 17, 2008.

 

(20)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed April 4, 2008.

 

(21)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008, as filed on May 12, 2008.

 

(22)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement filed in connection with its 2008 annual meeting of shareholders, as filed on April 15, 2008.

 

(23)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed August 22, 2008.

 

(24)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, as filed on November 10, 2008.

 

(25)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed December 23, 2008.

 

+        Confidential treatment has been granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to certain portions of exhibit. Such portions have been redacted.

 

(b)       Exhibits - See exhibit index included in Item 15(a)(3) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c)       Financial Statement Schedules - See Item 15(a)(2) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated:  March 13, 2009

 

 

CoBiz Financial Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Bangert

 

 

Steven Bangert

 

 

Chief Executive Officer andChairman of the Board of Directors

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven Bangert

 

Chairman of the Board and

 

March 13, 2009

Steven Bangert

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jonathan C. Lorenz

 

Vice Chairman of the Board

 

March 13, 2009

Jonathan C. Lorenz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard J. Dalton

 

President

 

March 13, 2009

Richard J. Dalton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lyne B. Andrich

 

Executive Vice President and

 

March 13, 2009

Lyne B. Andrich

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Troy R. Dumlao

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

March 13, 2009

Troy R. Dumlao

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael B. Burgamy

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Michael B. Burgamy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Morgan Gust

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Morgan Gust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Harold F. Mosanko

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Harold F. Mosanko

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas M. Longust

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Thomas M. Longust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Evan Makovsky

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Evan Makovsky

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Doug Polson

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Doug Polson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mary Rhinehart

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Mary Rhinehart

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Noel N. Rothman

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Noel N. Rothman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Timothy J. Travis

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Timothy J. Travis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mary Beth Vitale

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Mary Beth Vitale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mary M. White

 

Director

 

March 13, 2009

Mary M. White

 

 

 

 

 

 

74



Table of Contents

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations

 

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements at and for the Years Ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

75



Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE WITH DESIGNATED LAWS AND REGULATIONS

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management of CoBiz Financial Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the Company), is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As of December 31, 2008, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  This assessment included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FRY-9C) to meet the reporting requirements of section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.  Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, is effective.

 

Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2008. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, is included under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”.

 

Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations

 

Management is also responsible for ensuring compliance with federal and state laws and regulations concerning loans to insiders and dividend restrictions and which are designated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Federal Reserve Bank and the Colorado Division of Banking as safety and soundness laws and regulations.

 

Management assessed its compliance with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations and has maintained records of its determinations and assessments as required by the FDIC.  Based on this assessment, management believes that the Company has complied, in all material respects, with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

March 13, 2009

 

 

By: /s/ Steven Bangert

 

 

By: /s/ Lyne B. Andrich

 

Steven Bangert

 

 

Lyne B. Andrich

 

Chairman of the Board and

 

 

Executive Vice President and

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

CoBiz Financial Inc.

Denver, Colorado

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of CoBiz Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) or relevant report.  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We have not examined and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statement referring to compliance with laws and regulations.

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of  and for the year ended December 31, 2008, of the Company and our report dated March 13, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Denver, Colorado

March 13, 2009

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

CoBiz Financial Inc.

Denver, Colorado

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CoBiz Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CoBiz Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 13, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Denver, Colorado

March 13, 2009

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AT DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND 2007

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

35,857

 

$

45,951

 

Interest bearing deposits and federal funds sold

 

9,632

 

3,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

45,489

 

49,626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale (cost of $479,197 and $379,677, respectively)

 

476,506

 

378,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $374 and $473, respectively)

 

376

 

470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments — at cost

 

23,566

 

16,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investments

 

500,448

 

395,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans — net of allowance for loan losses of $42,851 and $20,043, respectively

 

1,988,402

 

1,826,283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

46,160

 

43,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets — net of amortization of $3,235 and $2,511, respectively

 

5,704

 

2,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

30,718

 

29,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment — net of depreciation of $24,139 and $21,854, respectively

 

9,154

 

8,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

8,617

 

10,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

16,933

 

7,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

32,650

 

17,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

$

2,684,275

 

$

2,391,012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AT DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND 2007

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

$

453,731

 

$

439,076

 

NOW and money market

 

565,948

 

631,391

 

Savings

 

9,274

 

11,546

 

Eurodollar

 

88,025

 

77,444

 

Certificates of deposit

 

522,053

 

583,232

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

1,639,031

 

1,742,689

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

133,478

 

168,336

 

Other short-term borrowings

 

543,063

 

197,444

 

Accrued interest and other liabilities

 

23,454

 

21,107

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

20,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

2,432,176

 

2,201,742

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative preferred, $0.01 par value — authorized, 2,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

shares; issued and outstanding, 64,450 ($1,000 per share liquidation value)

 

 

 

 

 

and 0 shares, respectively

 

1

 

 

Common, $0.01 par value — authorized, 50,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

shares; issued and outstanding, 23,374,762 and

 

 

 

 

 

22,992,756 shares, respectively

 

232

 

230

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

164,484

 

96,906

 

Retained earnings

 

86,827

 

92,128

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income — net of

 

 

 

 

 

income tax of $341 and $4, respectively

 

555

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

252,099

 

189,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

$

2,684,275

 

$

2,391,012

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

(Concluded)

 

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007, AND 2006

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

$

122,418

 

$

132,965

 

$

114,567

 

Interest on investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable securities

 

21,411

 

20,150

 

20,475

 

Nontaxable securities

 

121

 

149

 

224

 

Dividends on securities

 

684

 

790

 

755

 

Federal funds sold and other

 

274

 

456

 

423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

144,908

 

154,510

 

136,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

34,671

 

44,864

 

32,976

 

Interest on short-term borrowings and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

9,996

 

16,096

 

18,585

 

Interest on subordinated debentures

 

4,890

 

5,651

 

5,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest expense

 

49,557

 

66,611

 

57,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

95,351

 

87,899

 

79,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

39,796

 

3,936

 

1,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

55,555

 

83,963

 

78,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges

 

4,067

 

3,154

 

2,778

 

Investment advisory and trust income

 

6,345

 

4,763

 

4,141

 

Insurance income

 

15,113

 

9,397

 

13,094

 

Investment banking income

 

5,055

 

6,681

 

6,214

 

Other income

 

4,819

 

4,294

 

3,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

 

35,399

 

28,289

 

29,965

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

57,368

 

50,172

 

47,627

 

Occupancy expenses, premises and equipment

 

13,075

 

11,541

 

11,360

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

724

 

471

 

475

 

Loss on securities, other assets and other real estate owned

 

4,592

 

1,039

 

1,782

 

Other

 

13,958

 

12,292

 

10,683

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

 

89,717

 

75,515

 

71,927

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007, AND 2006

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

$

1,237

 

$

36,737

 

$

36,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES

 

(91

)

13,713

 

13,299

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

1,328

 

23,024

 

22,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNREALIZED APPRECIATION ON SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE AND DERIVATIVES — Net of income taxes

 

549

 

2,620

 

3,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

$

1,877

 

$

25,644

 

$

26,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.96

 

$

0.98

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

(Concluded)

 

F-8


 


Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007, AND 2006

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Paid-In

 

Retained

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

Issued

 

Amount

 

Issued

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

(Loss)

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE — January 1, 2006

 

 

$

 

22,309,136

 

$

223

 

$

69,560

 

$

72,636

 

$

(5,875

)

$

136,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

 

339,277

 

4

 

1,917

 

 

 

1,921

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

 

36,901

 

 

729

 

 

 

729

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,140

 

 

 

1,140

 

Tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

905

 

 

 

905

 

Dividends paid-common ($0.22 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,960

)

 

(4,960

)

Earn-out payment for Alexander Capital Management Group

 

 

 

15,576

 

 

309

 

 

 

309

 

Net change in unrealized gain on available for sale securities and derivative securities, net of income taxes of $1,998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,261

 

3,261

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,826

 

 

22,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE — December 31, 2006

 

 

 

22,700,890

 

227

 

74,560

 

90,502

 

(2,614

)

162,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect adjustment pursuant to the adoption of EITF 06-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

(134

)

 

(134

)

Options exercised

 

 

 

369,386

 

4

 

3,234

 

 

 

3,238

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

 

47,278

 

 

706

 

 

 

706

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,524

 

 

 

1,524

 

Tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

1,060

 

Dividends paid-common ($0.26 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,173

)

 

(6,173

)

Earn-out payment for Financial Designs Ltd.

 

 

 

19,501

 

 

438

 

 

 

438

 

Acquisition of Wagner Investment Management Inc.

 

 

 

80,908

 

1

 

1,202

 

 

 

1,203

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering costs of approximately $106

 

 

 

975,000

 

10

 

19,141

 

 

 

19,151

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

 

(1,200,207

)

(12

)

(4,959

)

(15,091

)

 

(20,062

)

Net change in unrealized gain on available for sale securities and derivative securities, net of income taxes of $1,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,620

 

2,620

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,024

 

 

23,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE — December 31, 2007

 

 

 

22,992,756

 

230

 

96,906

 

92,128

 

6

 

189,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect adjustment pursuant to the adoption of EITF 06-4

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

(16

)

Series B Preferred stock and warrant, net of issuance costs

 

64,450

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

64,397

 

 

 

64,398

 

Options exercised

 

 

 

98,532

 

1

 

641

 

 

 

642

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

 

67,974

 

1

 

602

 

 

 

603

 

Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

 

 

 

215,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,762

 

 

 

1,762

 

Dividends paid-common ($0.28 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,489

)

 

(6,489

)

Dividends paid/accumulated-preferred stock (5% on $1,000 per share liquidation value)

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

(124

)

 

(107

)

Tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

159

 

Net change in unrealized loss on available for sale securities and derivative securities, net of income taxes of $337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

549

 

549

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,328

 

 

1,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE — December 31, 2008

 

64,450

 

$

1

 

23,374,762

 

$

232

 

$

164,484

 

$

86,827

 

$

555

 

$

252,099

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007, AND 2006

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,328

 

$

23,024

 

$

22,826

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amortization on investment securities

 

577

 

385

 

1,356

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

4,447

 

4,128

 

4,008

 

Amortization of net loan fees

 

(2,357

)

(2,807

)

(2,912

)

Provision for loan and credit losses

 

39,479

 

3,936

 

1,342

 

Stock-based compensation

 

1,762

 

1,524

 

1,140

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividend

 

(475

)

(590

)

(573

)

Deferred income taxes

 

(9,669

)

(1,513

)

(1,146

)

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 

(159

)

(1,060

)

(905

)

Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

 

(1,172

)

(984

)

(1,003

)

Supplemental executive retirement plan

 

717

 

783

 

690

 

Loss on sale/write-down of other real estate owned, investment securities and equipment

 

4,592

 

1,039

 

1,781

 

Other operating activities, net

 

(901

)

(973

)

(447

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

1,584

 

(454

)

(2,486

)

Other assets

 

(2,756

)

135

 

(982

)

Accrued interest and other liabilities

 

(1,895

)

1,756

 

3,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

35,102

 

28,329

 

26,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of other investments

 

(6,577

)

(2,572

)

(4,124

)

Proceeds from other investments

 

1,104

 

425

 

 

Purchase of investment securities available for sale

 

(210,855

)

(290,513

)

(152,966

)

Maturities of investment securities held to maturity

 

93

 

252

 

171

 

Maturities of investment securities available for sale

 

109,104

 

333,909

 

128,763

 

Proceeds from sale of investment securities

 

 

1,053

 

56,027

 

Net cash paid in earn-outs

 

 

(438

)

(206

)

Purchase outstanding minority interests in ACMG

 

 

(351

)

 

Purchase of Wagner, net of cash received

 

 

(1,899

)

 

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance

 

 

(3,114

)

 

Purchase of Bernard Dietrich and Associates

 

(6,781

)

 

 

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

 

2,140

 

 

 

Loan originations and repayments, net

 

(210,614

)

(301,210

)

(208,681

)

Purchase of premises and equipment

 

(3,737

)

(3,185

)

(3,365

)

Other investing activities, net

 

2

 

99

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(326,121

)

(267,544

)

(184,338

)

 

(continued)

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007, AND 2006

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in demand, NOW, money market, Eurodollar and savings accounts

 

(42,479

)

131,624

 

80,997

 

Net increase (decrease) in certificates of deposits

 

(61,441

)

134,384

 

68,387

 

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

 

345,619

 

45,244

 

(12,800

)

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

(34,858

)

(59,281

)

10,891

 

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes payable-net

 

20,900

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants-net

 

64,398

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock-net

 

1,245

 

23,095

 

2,650

 

Repurchase of common stock-net

 

 

(20,062

)

 

Dividends paid on common and preferred stock

 

(6,613

)

(6,173

)

(4,960

)

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 

159

 

1,060

 

905

 

Other financing activities-net

 

(48

)

(26

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

286,882

 

249,865

 

146,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(4,137

)

10,650

 

(11,725

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

49,626

 

38,976

 

50,701

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

 

$

45,489

 

$

49,626

 

$

38,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash information - cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

51,089

 

$

66,101

 

$

56,243

 

Income taxes

 

$

11,744

 

$

14,325

 

$

14,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock issued for earn-out of Financial Designs Ltd.

 

$

 

$

438

 

$

 

Stock issued for earn-out of Alexander Capital Management Group LLC

 

$

 

$

 

$

309

 

Stock issued for acquisition of Wagner Investment Management Inc.

 

$

 

$

1,203

 

$

 

Deferred payment for acquisition of Bernard Dietrich and Associates Inc.

 

$

375

 

$

 

$

 

Loans transferred to other real estate owned

 

$

11,001

 

$

 

$

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007, AND 2006

 

1.   NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The accounting and reporting practices of CoBiz Financial Inc. (Parent), formerly CoBiz Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries: CoBiz Bank (the Bank); CoBiz ACMG, Inc.; Financial Designs Ltd. (FDL); CoBiz Insurance Inc.; CoBiz GMB, Inc.; and Wagner Investment Management, Inc. (Wagner), all collectively referred to as the Company or CoBiz, conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and prevailing practices within the banking industry. The operations of the Company are comprised predominately of the Bank, which operates in its Colorado market areas under the name Colorado Business Bank (CBB) and in its Arizona market areas under the name Arizona Business Bank (ABB).

 

The Company’s name was changed from CoBiz Inc. to CoBiz Financial Inc. at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on May 17, 2007.

 

Organization — The Bank is a commercial banking institution with nine locations in the Denver metropolitan area; two in Boulder; two near Vail; and eight in the Phoenix metropolitan area. In April 2007, the Bank converted from a national bank charter to a state bank charter. As a state chartered bank, deposits are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund of the FDIC and the Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, Colorado Division of Banking and the FDIC. Pursuant to such regulations, the Bank is subject to special restrictions, supervisory requirements and potential enforcement actions. CoBiz ACMG, Inc. provides investment management services to institutions and individuals through its subsidiary Alexander Capital Management Group, LLC (ACMG). FDL provides wealth transfer, employee benefits consulting, insurance brokerage and related administrative support to individuals, families and employers. CoBiz Insurance, Inc. provides commercial and personal property and casualty insurance brokerage, as well as risk management consulting services to small and medium-sized businesses and individuals. CoBiz GMB, Inc. provides investment banking services to middle-market companies through its wholly owned subsidiary, Green Manning & Bunch, Ltd. (GMB). Wagner complements the investment management services of ACMG with its focus on developing and delivering a proprietary investment approach with a growth bias.

 

Use of Estimates — In preparing its financial statements, management of the Company is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses; the recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets; fair value estimates; and stock-based compensation.

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s significant accounting and reporting policies.

 

Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent; the Bank; CoBiz ACMG, Inc.; FDL; CoBiz Insurance Inc.; CoBiz GMB, Inc.; and Wagner. Intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include amounts that the Company is required to maintain at the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City to meet certain regulatory

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

reserve balance requirements. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company was required to maintain reserve balances of $0 and $1,081,000, respectively.

 

 Investments — The Company classifies its investment securities as held to maturity, available for sale or trading, according to  management’s intent. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had no trading securities.

 

Available for sale securities consist of bonds, notes and debentures not classified as held to maturity securities and are reported at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, are reported as a net amount in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized.

 

Investment Securities held to maturity consist of bonds, notes and debentures for which the Company has the positive intent and  ability to hold to maturity and are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and discounts.

 

Premiums and discounts, adjusted for prepayments as applicable, are recognized in interest income using the level-yield method over the period to maturity. Other than temporary declines in the fair value of individual investment securities held to maturity and available for sale are charged against earnings. Gains and losses on disposal of investment securities are determined using the specific-identification method.  See Note 3 — Investments.

 

Other Investments — Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (FHLB), Federal Reserve Bank and other correspondent bank stocks are accounted for under the cost method.  See Note 3 — Investments.

 

Loans — Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding principal balance adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, deferred fees or costs on originated loans, and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Interest is accrued and credited to income daily based on the principal balance outstanding. The accrual of interest income is generally discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days past due as to principal and interest. When a loan is designated as nonaccrual, the current period’s accrued interest receivable is charged against current earnings while any portions relating to prior periods are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied to the principal balance of the loan. Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest when the loan is in the process of collection and the realizable value of collateral is sufficient to cover the principal balance and accrued interest.  See Note 4 — Loans.

 

Loan Origination Fees and Costs — Loan fees and certain costs of originating loans are deferred and the net amount is amortized over the contractual life of the related loans in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 91, Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses — The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged against earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as new information becomes available.

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

Impaired loans, with the exception of groups of smaller-balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, are defined as loans for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans that are deemed to be impaired are evaluated in accordance with SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan and SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies.  See Note 4 — Loans.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses — The allowance for credit losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for credit losses charged to earnings. The allowance for credit losses represents management’s recognition of a separate reserve for off-balance sheet loan commitments and letters of credit. While the allowance for loan losses is recorded as a contra-asset to the loan portfolio on the consolidated balance sheets, the allowance for credit losses is recorded under the caption “Accrued interest and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Although the allowances are presented separately on the balance sheets, any losses incurred from credit losses would be reported as a charge-off in the allowance for loan losses, as any loss would be recorded after the off-balance sheet commitment had been funded.  See Note 4 — Loans.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets — Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually on December 31st. Intangible assets, primarily consisting of customer contracts and relationships, are being amortized by the straight-line method over three to 15 years.  Intangible assets with an indefinite life are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis.  See Note 6 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) — The Bank invested in Bank-Owned Life Insurance policies to fund certain future employee benefit costs and are recorded at net realizable value. Changes in the cash surrender value are recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income under the caption “Other income.”

 

Premises and Equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of three to five years. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. The Company reviews the carrying value of property and equipment for indications of impairment in accordance with FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.  See Note 5 — Premises and Equipment.

 

Other Assets — Included in other assets are certain investments, where the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence or has ownership between 20% and 50%, that are accounted for under the equity method. The Company’s equity method investments consist of four limited partnership mezzanine funds (the Funds) licensed as Small Business Investment Companies that invest primarily in subordinated debt securities. In certain circumstances, the Funds may also receive warrants or other equity positions as part of their investments. There were no transactions between the Company and the Funds for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. The Company recognized income from the Funds of $1,169,000, $954,000, and $483,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 which is included in “Other Income” in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

Foreclosed Assets — Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosures are held for sale and initially recorded at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value at the date of foreclosure.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Foreclosed assets included in the consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Other assets” at December 31, 2008 and 2007 totaled $0 and $90,000, respectively. Valuation adjustments charged to operations on foreclosed assets for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 totaled $0, $469,000 and $0, respectively.

 

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) — OREO held for sale acquired through foreclosure or in settlement of debt is valued at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value as of the date of foreclosure, and a related valuation allowance is provided for estimated costs to sell. Management periodically evaluates the value of real estate held for sale and increases the valuation allowance for any subsequent declines in fair value less selling costs. Subsequent declines in value are charged to operations. At December 31, 2008 and 2007 OREO totaled $5,941,000 and $0, respectively and is included in the caption “Other” assets on the consolidated balance sheets.  Valuation adjustments charged to operations on OREO for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, and 2006 totaled $2,920,000, $0 and $0, respectively.

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase — The Company sells certain securities under agreements to repurchase with its customers and other financial institutions. The agreements transacted with its customers are utilized as an overnight investment product service, while the agreements with other financial institutions are transacted as a wholesale borrowing source. Both types of agreements are treated as secured borrowings, where the agreements are reflected as a liability of the Company and the securities underlying the agreements are reflected as a Company asset.  See Note 8 — Borrowed Funds.

 

Derivative Instruments — Derivative financial instruments are accounted for at fair value. The Company utilizes interest rate swaps to hedge a portion of its exposure to interest rate changes. These instruments are accounted for as cash flow hedges, as defined by FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS 133). The Company also has a derivative program that offers interest rate caps, floors, swaps and collars to customers of the Bank. The fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and the fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim or obligation to return cash collateral are offset when represented under a master netting arrangement.  See Note 10 — Derivatives.

 

Self Insurance Reserves — The Company self-insures a portion of its employee medical costs. The Company maintains a liability for incurred-but-not-reported claims based on assumptions as to eligible employees, historical claims experience and lags in claims reporting.

 

Investment Advisory and Trust Income — Fees earned from providing investment advisory services are based on the market value of assets under management and are collected either at the beginning or end of each quarter. Fees received at the beginning of the quarter are deferred and recognized ratably over the period as services are performed.

 

Insurance Income — Insurance income includes commissions on the sale of life and property and casualty insurance policies and other employee benefit products earned as an agent for unaffiliated insurance underwriters. Life insurance and property and casualty income are primarily recognized upon policy origination and renewal dates. Benefits brokerage income is recognized on a monthly basis as the customer pays their insurance premiums.

 

Investment Banking Income — Investment banking income includes nonrefundable retainer fees recognized over the expected term of the engagement and success fees recognized when the transaction is completed and collectibility of fees is reasonably assured.

 

Income Taxes — A deferred income tax liability or asset is recognized for temporary differences which exist in the recognition of certain income and expense items for financial statement reporting purposes in periods different than for tax reporting purposes. The provision for income taxes is based on the

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

amount of current and deferred income taxes payable or refundable at the date of the financial statements as measured by the provisions of current tax laws.  See Note 11 — Income Taxes.

 

Stock-Based Compensation — On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R), using the modified prospective method. Under this method, compensation cost is recognized for (1) all awards granted after the required effective date and to awards modified, cancelled, or repurchased after that date; and (2) the portion of prior awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered, based on the grant-date fair value of those awards calculated for pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation.

 

SFAS 123R requires that the cash retained as a result of the tax deductibility of employee share-based awards be presented as a component of cash flows from financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. In prior periods, this amount was reported as a component of cash flows from operating activities.  SFAS 123R specifies that the fair value of an employee stock option must be based on an observable market price of an option with the same or similar terms and conditions if one is available or, if an observable market price is not available, the fair value must be estimated using a valuation technique that (1) is applied in a manner consistent with the fair value measurement objective and the other requirements of the Statement, (2) is based on established principles of financial economic theory and generally applied to that field, and (3) reflects all substantive characteristics of the instrument. SFAS 123R permits entities to use any option-pricing model that meets the fair value objective in the statement.  See Note 14 — Employee Benefit and Stock Compensation Plans.

 

Earnings Per Common Share — Basic earnings per share is based on net income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute diluted earnings per share include the number of additional common shares that would be outstanding if the potential dilutive common shares and common share equivalents had been issued at the beginning of the period.  See Note 13 — Earnings Per Share.

 

Stock Repurchases — The Company has repurchased shares of its outstanding common stock through open market purchases. Repurchased shares are immediately retired on the trade date and the cash paid is allocated to common stock, additional paid-in-capital and retained earnings. Retired shares are shown as authorized but not issued or outstanding.  See Note 12 — Shareholders’ Equity.

 

Segment Information — The Company has disclosed separately the results of operations relating to its segments in Note 19 — Segments.

 

Fair Value Measurements —  On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), for financial assets and financial liabilities.   The Company will implement SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis beginning on January 1, 2009 in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position (FSP) No. SFAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157.   SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  See Note 18 - Fair Value Measurements.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements — On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 06-5, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance — Determining the Amount That Could be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance (EITF 06-5). EITF 06-5, addresses various issues in determining the amount that could be realized under an insurance contract. Upon adoption, the Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $134,000 that was charged to retained earnings to reduce the amount that can be realized on insurance contracts.

 

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. In October 2008, FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active, was issued, effective immediately for all prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued.  This FSP provides clarification on the application of FASB 157 and issues to be considered when observable valuation inputs do not exist or observable inputs are from an inactive market. See Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements.

 

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value at specified election dates. For financial instruments elected to be accounted for at fair value, an entity will report the unrealized gains and losses in earnings. The effect of the first remeasurement to fair value is to be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings.  The Company has not elected the fair value option for any financial instruments since the adoption on January 1, 2008 and there was no impact on the consolidated financial statements relating to the adoption of SFAS 159.

 

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted EITF 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements (EITF 06-4). The ratified final consensus on this issue requires companies to recognize an obligation for the future post-retirement benefits provided to employees in the form of death benefits to be paid to their beneficiaries through endorsement split-dollar policies carried in Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI), the effects of which are to be recognized through either (1) a change in accounting principle through a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption, or (2) a change in accounting principle through retrospective application to all prior periods. Upon adoption, the Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $16,000 that was charged to retained earnings when it established the obligation for future post-retirement benefits relating to the Company’s applicable endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — An Amendment of ARB No. 51 (SFAS 160). This Statement amends ARB 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity and should be reported as equity on the financial statements. SFAS 160 requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. Furthermore, disclosure of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest is required on the face of the financial statements. SFAS 160 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, SFAS 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161). SFAS 161 enhances the required disclosures under SFAS 133 in order to provide the investing community additional transparency in an entity’s financial statements and to more adequately disclose the impact investments in derivative instruments and use of hedging have on financial position, operating results and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application allowed.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact SFAS 161 will have on its disclosures as the Bank subsidiary utilizes a hedging strategy to manage its exposure to interest rate changes as well as offering certain derivative products to its customers.

 

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. This FSP gives guidance on the computation of earnings per share and the impact of share-based instruments that contain certain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents.  The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

December 31, 2008 and early application is prohibited. The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, the FSP will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

2.   ACQUISITIONS AND EARN-OUT ARRANGEMENTS

 

General — Earn-out payments for the ACMG, FDL and Wagner transactions as well as deferred payments for the BDA transaction are treated as additional costs of the acquisitions and recorded as goodwill in accordance with EITF Issue No. 95-08, Accounting for Contingent Consideration Paid to the Shareholders of an Acquired Enterprise in a Purchase Business Combination (EITF 95-08).  In determining the classification of earn-out and deferred payments as additional costs of the acquisitions rather than compensation, the Company considered the following factors from EITF 95-08:

 

·                  terms of continuing employment;

·                  components of shareholder group;

·                  reasons for contingent consideration;

·                  formula for determining contingent consideration; and

·                  other agreements and issues

 

Goodwill arising from these transactions is allocated between the operating segments expected to benefit from the acquisitions. See Note 6 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets for the amount of goodwill allocated to each operating segment.

 

Alexander Capital Management Group, LLC — On April 1, 2003, the Company acquired ACMG, an SEC-registered investment advisory firm based in Denver, CO. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results of ACMG’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of purchase. The acquisition of ACMG was completed through a merger of ACMG into a wholly owned subsidiary that was formed in order to consummate the transaction and then a subsequent contribution of the assets and liabilities of the merged entity into a newly formed limited liability company called Alexander Capital Management Group, LLC.

 

The terms of the ACMG merger agreement provided for additional earn-out payments for each of the 12 months ended on March 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006, to be paid to the former shareholders of Alexander Capital Management Group, Inc. in proportion to their respective ownership immediately prior to the acquisition. All earn-out payments were made 40% in cash and 60% in CoBiz common stock.

 

The earn-out payment for 2006 was equal to a multiple of the excess of ACMG’s 2006 earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization as defined in the ACMG merger agreement (ACMG EBITDA) over the ACMG EBITDA for the previous year. For the earn-out period ended March 31, 2006, the Company paid $515,000 based on ACMG EBITDA of $715,000. The payment consisted of $206,000 in cash and 15,576 shares of CoBiz stock valued at $309,000.

 

In addition to the earn-out, the former shareholders of Alexander Capital Management Group, Inc. were issued 200,000 Profits Interest Units (PIUs) pursuant to a Unitholders’ Agreement, representing a 20% interest in the profits and losses of ACMG in periods following the acquisition (but no interest in the value of ACMG as of the date of the acquisition), which is reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a minority interest as a component of “Accrued interest and other liabilities” and is included in “Other” noninterest expense in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Unlike the earn-out payments, which are based on a multiple of earnings for a specified period of time, the PIUs entitle the holders to share in the earnings of ACMG for as long as they are held. Pursuant to the terms of the Unitholders’ Agreement, under certain circumstances, the Company has the ability to call the PIUs at a price based on a multiple of the trailing 12 months ACMG EBITDA. Likewise, the holders of the PIUs have, under certain circumstances, the ability to put the PIUs to the Company at a price based on a multiple of the trailing 12 months ACMG EBITDA.

 

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

In 2006, the Company called and retired 20,008 PIUs. In 2007, the Company purchased and retired 153,284 PIUs for $351,000. In January 2008, the Company called and retired the remaining 26,708 PIUs. At December 31, 2008 there were no PIUs outstanding.

 

Financial Designs Ltd. — On April 14, 2003, the Company acquired FDL, a provider of wealth transfer and employee benefit services based in Denver, CO. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results of FDL’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of purchase. The acquisition of FDL was completed through a merger of FDL into CoBiz Connect, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of CoBiz that had provided employee benefits consulting services since 2000. The surviving corporation continues to use the FDL name.

 

The terms of the FDL merger agreement provided for additional earn-out payments for each of the calendar years 2003 through 2007 paid to the former shareholders of FDL in proportion to their respective ownership immediately prior to the acquisition. The earn-out payments were payable 50% in cash and 50% in CoBiz common stock.

 

The earn-out payment for the 2006 calendar year was equal to a multiple of the excess of FDL’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization as defined in the FDL merger agreement (FDL EBITDA) over 2005’s FDL EBITDA. The 2006 earn-out was $876,000 based on FDL EBITDA of $2,308,000. The payment consisted of $438,000 in cash and 19,501 shares of CoBiz common stock valued at $438,000. No earn-out payments were paid for the 2007 calendar year because FDL EBITDA for 2007 did not exceed the hurdle rate.

 

Wagner Investment Management, Inc. — On December 31, 2007, the Company acquired Wagner, an SEC-registered investment advisor located in Denver, CO.  The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Wagner’s acquisition had no impact on the results of operations included in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The acquisition of Wagner was completed through the purchase of all of Wagner’s common stock as of the purchase date.

 

The aggregate purchase price was $3,240,000, consisting of 80,908 shares of CoBiz common stock valued at $1,203,000; $1,965,000 in cash; and $72,000 in direct acquisition costs consisting primarily of external legal fees. At December 31, 2007, the Company preliminarily allocated $3,198,000 of the purchase price to goodwill, pending the valuations of certain intangible assets.  In the first quarter of 2008 when the valuations were completed, the Company reclassified $1,116,000 out of goodwill and into certain intangible assets consisting of a customer list, trademark and a lease intangible. An adjustment of $10,000 related to direct acquisition costs was also allocated out of goodwill.  Goodwill arising from this transaction is tax deductible. The customer list and the lease intangible will be amortized over 12 years and two years (the remaining term of the lease), respectively.  The trademark will be evaluated for impairment and will not be amortized.

 

The terms of the Wagner merger agreement provide for additional earn-out payments for each of the calendar years 2008 through 2010 to be paid to the former shareholders of Wagner in proportion to their respective ownership immediately prior to the acquisition. The earn-out payments are payable either in 100% in cash, or a mix of cash and stock, with the Company having the option to pay up to 40% of the earn-out payment in CoBiz common stock.

 

The calculation for the earn-out payment for 2008 was based on a multiple of the excess of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization as defined in the Wagner merger agreement (Wagner EBITDA) over Wagner’s adjusted 2007 EBITDA.  No earn-out payment was payable for the 2008 calendar year because Wagner’s EBITDA did not exceed the hurdle rate.  The earn-out payments for 2009 and 2010 will be based on a multiple of the excess of Wagner’s EBITDA for each specific year over the highest Wagner EBITDA previously recognized. The aggregate amount of the earn-out payments and the initial purchase consideration will not exceed $10,000,000.  Management estimates that total cumulative earn-out payments for 2009 to 2010 may range from $0 to $1,065,000.

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

Bernard Dietrich and Associates, Inc. — On January 2, 2008, the Company acquired the assets and employees of Bernard Dietrich and Associates, Inc. (BDA), a provider of commercial and personal property and casualty insurance brokerage, and risk management consulting services located in Phoenix, AZ. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, BDA’s results of operations were included on the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

 

The aggregate purchase price was $6,781,000, consisting of $6,750,000 in cash and $31,000 in direct acquisition costs.  A deposit of $750,000 was also put into escrow for potential additional consideration. The terms of the BDA merger agreement provide for deferred payments for each of the calendar years 2008 and 2009 to be paid to the former shareholders of BDA in proportion to their respective ownership immediately prior to the acquisition. The deferred payments are payable in cash from the escrowed funds of $750,000.  The deferred payments will be a maximum of $375,000 and $750,000 for 2008 and 2009, respectively. The aggregate amount of total deferred payments during this two-year period cannot exceed $750,000. The yearly deferred payments will be based on maintaining a revenue threshold as defined in the BDA asset purchase agreement.  For the deferred payment period ended December 31, 2008, the Company accrued $375,000 based on the 2008 revenue threshold that was paid in the first quarter of 2009.  Management estimates that the final deferred payment of $375,000 will be earned in 2009.

 

The Company allocated $3,900,000 of the purchase price to goodwill, which is tax deductible, $3,200,000 to a customer list intangible asset and $56,000 to other miscellaneous assets.  The customer list will be amortized over 15 years.

 

3.   INVESTMENTS

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

December 31, 2008 (In thousands)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

438,609

 

$

5,193

 

$

5,990

 

$

437,812

 

Trust preferred securities

 

24,536

 

438

 

2,224

 

22,750

 

Corporate debt securities

 

13,362

 

132

 

65

 

13,429

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

2,690

 

9

 

184

 

2,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

479,197

 

$

5,772

 

$

8,463

 

$

476,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity securities — Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

376

 

$

 

$

2

 

$

374

 

 

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

December 31, 2007 (In thousands)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

325,961

 

$

1,104

 

$

1,344

 

$

325,721

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

36,505

 

11

 

7

 

36,509

 

Trust preferred securities

 

13,724

 

21

 

860

 

12,885

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

3,487

 

4

 

41

 

3,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

379,677

 

$

1,140

 

$

2,252

 

$

378,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity securities — Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

470

 

$

3

 

$

 

$

473

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments in debt securities at December 31, 2008, by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities can differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

(In thousands)

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

10

 

$

10

 

$

 

$

 

Due after one year through five years

 

14,598

 

14,673

 

 

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

865

 

817

 

 

 

Due after ten years

 

25,115

 

23,194

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

438,609

 

437,812

 

376

 

374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

479,197

 

$

476,506

 

$

376

 

$

374

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, there were no sales of held to maturity securities. Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale totaled $0, $1,053,000 and $56,027,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The Company recognized losses for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 on the sale of investment securities totaling $0, $33,000 and $1,766,000, respectively.

 

Investment securities with an approximate fair value of $99,474,000 and $96,065,000, were pledged to secure public deposits of $49,990,000 and $74,470,000, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Trust preferred securities, corporate debt securities and obligations of states and political subdivisions at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, do not include any single issuer for which the aggregate carrying amount exceeds 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity.

 

Market changes in interest rates and overall market illiquidity can result in fluctuations in the market price of securities resulting in temporary unrealized losses.  At December 31, 2008, the Company’s securities in a temporary unrealized loss position consisted primarily of mortgage-backed and trust preferred securities.  The mortgage-backed securities consist primarily of highly rated investment-grade securities issued by government-sponsored organizations. The fair value of these securities is expected to recover as the securities approach their stated maturity or repricing date.  The trust preferred

 

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

securities are all single entity issues that have been negatively impacted by the overall decrease in the financial services market.

 

In reviewing the realizable value of its securities in a loss position, the Company considered the following factors: (1) the length of time and extent to which the market value had been less than cost; (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.  Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are considered to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.  The Company has both the intent and ability to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time the Company expects to receive full value for the securities.  Furthermore, the Company does not believe any of the unrealized losses on available for sale securities are a result of significant decreases in credit quality of the issuing organizations and the Company has both the intent and ability to hold these securities until maturity or the forecasted recovery of the fair value of the securities. The Company has determined there were no other-than-temporary impairments (OTTI) associated with the 123 securities noted within the table below at December 31, 2008.

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

Greater than 12 months

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

(In thousands)

 

value

 

loss

 

value

 

loss

 

value

 

loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

113,610

 

$

2,659

 

$

18,562

 

$

3,333

 

$

132,172

 

$

5,992

 

Trust preferred securities

 

8,207

 

1,091

 

6,803

 

1,133

 

15,010

 

2,224

 

Corporate debt securities

 

2,402

 

65

 

 

 

2,402

 

65

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

526

 

1

 

1,246

 

183

 

1,772

 

184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

124,745

 

$

3,816

 

$

26,611

 

$

4,649

 

$

151,356

 

$

8,465

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded an OTTI of $1,657,000 on two securities.  The OTTI included a $1,279,000 write down resulting from an increase in the credit risk associated with a single issuer trust preferred security and a write down of $378,000 on a FNMA perpetual preferred security.  The OTTI is included as a component of “loss on sale of other assets and securities” in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

Other investments at December 31, 2008 and 2007, consist of the following:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments — at cost (1)

 

$

21,387

 

$

14,446

 

Investment in statutory trusts — equity method (2)

 

2,179

 

2,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

23,566

 

$

16,628

 

 


(1)               Other investments are comprised primarily of FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank stock.

 

(2)                                             Investments in statutory trusts represent the Company’s investment in 100% of the common stock issued by the entities described in Note 9 — Long Term Debt.

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

4.   LOANS

 

Categories of loans at December 31, 2008 and 2007 include:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

648,851

 

$

576,350

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

1,018,091

 

875,135

 

Real estate — construction

 

268,050

 

310,951

 

Consumer

 

86,702

 

71,422

 

Other

 

11,212

 

14,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,032,906

 

1,848,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(42,851

)

(20,043

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unearned net loan fees

 

(1,653

)

(1,683

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,988,402

 

$

1,826,283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Most of the Company’s lending activity occurs within the States of Colorado and Arizona, specifically in the Denver and Phoenix metropolitan areas, respectively.  The majority of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of Commercial and Real Estate — mortgage loans. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no concentrations of loans related to any single industry in excess of 10% of total loans.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company makes various direct and indirect loans to officers and directors of the Company. Activity with respect to officer and director loans is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance — beginning of year

 

$

8,573

 

$

6,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New loans

 

15,651

 

14,726

 

Principal paydowns and payoffs

 

(18,130

)

(12,627

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance — end of year

 

$

6,094

 

$

8,573

 

 

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

Transactions in the allowance for loan and credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, are summarized as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan loss balance — beginning of year

 

$

20,043

 

$

17,871

 

$

16,906

 

Provision for loan losses

 

39,796

 

3,936

 

766

 

Loans (charged-off)/recovered, net of recoveries/(charge-offs) of $156,

 $74, and $(320) for 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively

 

(16,988

)

(1,764

)

199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan loss balance — end of year

 

$

42,851

 

$

20,043

 

$

17,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit loss balance — beginning of year

 

576

 

576

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

(317

)

 

576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit loss balance — end of year

 

$

259

 

$

576

 

$

576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan and credit loss balance — end of year

 

$

43,110

 

$

20,619

 

$

18,447

 

 

The recorded investment in impaired loans was $39,786,000 and $1,202,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, $5,177,000 and $0 of impaired loans did not have a related allowance for loan loss.  The allowance for loan losses applicable to impaired loans was $6,274,000 and $873,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. No interest income was recognized on these loans subsequent to their placement in nonaccrual status.

 

Average nonaccrual loans were $20,992,000, $2,053,000 and $684,000 during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Interest income that would have been recorded had nonaccrual loans performed in accordance with their original contract terms during 2008 was $979,000.  Interest income that would have been recorded had nonaccrual loans performed in accordance with their original contract terms during 2007 and 2006 was not material.  Interest income recognized on nonaccrual loans during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was also not material.  Loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing interest totaled $1,292,000 and $2,208,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

5.   PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

The major classes of premises and equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

$

10,071

 

$

8,717

 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

 

23,222

 

21,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,293

 

30,665

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(24,139

)

(21,854

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

9,154

 

$

8,811

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense related to premises and equipment of $3,431,000, $3,272,000, and $3,493,000 during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

 

6.   GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test at December 31, 2008. Goodwill impairment is deemed to exist when the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. The Company’s reporting units are consistent with the operating segments identified in Note 19 — Segments. The Company estimated the fair value of the reporting units using multiples of comparable entities, including recent transactions, or a combination of multiples and a discounted cash flow methodology.  When conducting the goodwill impairment analysis, the fair values of the reporting units is reconciled to the market capitalization of the Company, as adjusted for a control premium, to determine the overall reasonableness of the valuations.  At December 31, 2008, the estimated fair value of all reporting units exceeded their carrying values and there was no impairment.  However, paragraph 28 of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, requires that the goodwill impairment analysis be conducted when events or circumstances occur that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  An example of such an event includes significant adverse changes in the business climate, such as a significant decline in the Company’s market capitalization. 

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

The Company allocates goodwill from acquisitions to its reporting units based on the synergies that are expected to arise from the combinations using the with and without method whereby the difference between the fair value of a reporting unit before the acquisition and its fair value after the acquisition represents the amount of goodwill assigned to that reporting unit. A summary of goodwill and total assets by operating segment at December 31, 2008, is as follows (see Note 2 — Acquisitions and Earn-out Arrangements):

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

assets

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Acquisitions and

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2007

 

adjustments

 

2008

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial banking

 

$

15,348

 

$

 

$

15,348

 

$

2,629,082

 

Investment banking services

 

5,279

 

 

5,279

 

6,670

 

Investment advisory and trust

 

7,644

 

(1,126

)

6,518

 

9,025

 

Insurance

 

15,115

 

3,900

 

19,015

 

28,706

 

Corporate support and other

 

 

 

 

10,792

 

Total

 

$

43,386

 

$

2,774

 

$

46,160

 

$

2,684,275

 

 

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s intangible assets and related amortization consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Amortizing

 

Non-amortizing

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

contracts, lists

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

and relationships

 

Other

 

Trademark

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

$

2,100

 

$

12

 

$

 

$

2,112

 

Acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BDA

 

3,200

 

 

 

3,200

 

Wagner

 

783

 

64

 

269

 

1,116

 

Amortization

 

(687

)

(37

)

 

(724

)

December 31, 2008

 

$

5,396

 

$

39

 

$

269

 

$

5,704

 

 

The Company recorded amortization expense related to intangible assets of $724,000, $471,000, and $475,000 during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Amortization expense on intangible assets for each of the five succeeding years is estimated as follows:

 

Years Ending

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

$

674

 

2010

 

642

 

2011

 

638

 

2012

 

638

 

2013

 

423

 

 

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

7.        CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT

 

The composition of the certificates of deposit portfolio at December 31, 2008 and 2007, is as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than $100,000

 

$

207,564

 

$

126,478

 

$100,000 and more

 

314,489

 

456,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

522,053

 

$

583,232

 

 

Related interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, is as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than $100,000

 

$

8,659

 

$

5,693

 

$

3,177

 

$100,000 and more

 

11,430

 

19,319

 

15,839

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

20,089

 

$

25,012

 

$

19,016

 

 

Maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 and more at December 31, 2008, are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Remaining maturity:

 

 

 

Less than three months

 

$

186,104

 

Three months up to six months

 

67,308

 

Six months up to one year

 

53,271

 

One year and over

 

7,806

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

314,489

 

 

8.        BORROWED FUNDS

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (principally mortgage-backed securities with an estimated fair value of $146,157 and $172,382 in 2008 and 2007, respectively

 

$

133,478

 

$

168,336

 

 

The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase. The amounts received under these agreements represent short-term borrowings and are reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. The securities underlying these agreements are included in investment securities in the consolidated balance sheets. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase averaged $147,230,000 and $228,342,000 during 2008 and 2007, respectively. The maximum amounts outstanding at any month-end during 2008 and 2007 were $180,008,000 and $259,421,000, respectively.  At December 31, 2008, the weighted-average interest rate was 0.9% and all securities sold under agreements to repurchase had a maturity date of less than three months.

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

The composition of other short-term borrowings, which are all due within one year, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, is summarized as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term auction facility

 

$

445,000

 

$

 

Federal Home Loan Bank line of credit

 

59,300

 

30,000

 

Federal funds purchased

 

38,763

 

150,374

 

Revolving line of credit

 

 

17,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

543,063

 

$

197,444

 

 

The Company participated in the Federal Reserve’s temporary Term Auction Facility (TAF) credit program during 2008 and at December 31, 2008 had borrowings of $445,000,000 with a weighted-average interest rate of 0.84%.  The Company did not participate in the TAF in 2007 when the Federal Reserve first implemented the program.  At December 31, 2008, the TAF borrowings were collateralized by loans with a book value of $927,826,000.

 

The Company has advances and a line of credit from the FHLB with a weighted-average interest rate of 0.65% and 4.67% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Advances and the line of credit are collateralized by either qualifying loans or investment securities not otherwise pledged as collateral. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the FHLB advances and line of credit were collateralized by loans of $580,006,000 and $541,277,000, respectively.

 

The Company has approved federal fund purchase lines with 10 banks with an aggregate credit line of $250,000,000 as well as agreements with various companies to transact repurchase agreements based on available collateral. At December 31, 2008, there were no outstanding repurchase agreements with noncustomer third parties.

 

In August 2007, the Company entered into a credit agreement with a revolving line of credit facility in the aggregate principal sum of up to $30,000,000 that bears interest at a LIBOR-based rate or a variable federal funds-based rate, plus a spread of 1.15% and expiring at July 31, 2008.  The agreement was amended in July 2008, increasing the spread to 1.35% and extending the term to July 30, 2009, at which time any outstanding amounts are due and payable.  The credit facility is secured by a first priority security interest in 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Bank.  At December 31, 2008, there was no amount outstanding on the revolving line. The Company pays a commitment fee of 0.25% on the unused portion of the line of credit.

 

The terms of the credit agreement contain covenants that require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios, including: maintaining a well-capitalized status at the Bank; maintaining an adequately capitalized status for the Company; maintaining a minimum return on asset ratio; and not exceeding a maximum non-performing asset to total loans ratio.  At December 31, 2008, the Company was in default on the minimum return on asset ratio and the maximum non-performing asset to total loans ratio.  Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, these events of default provide the lender the right to declare all amounts under the agreement as immediately due and payable.  In addition, the lender’s obligation to advance amounts available pursuant to the agreement is terminated.  The Company has not been notified by the lender that the credit agreement has been canceled due to the events of default.

 

9.        LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Outstanding subordinated debentures at December 31, 2008 and 2007 is summarized as follows:

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

Interest Rate

 

Maturity Date

 

Earliest Call Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CoBiz Statutory Trust I

 

$

20,619

 

$

20,619

 

3-month LIBOR+ 2.95%

 

September 17, 2033

 

March 17, 2009

 

CoBiz Capital Trust II

 

30,928

 

30,928

 

3-month LIBOR+ 2.60%

 

July 23, 2034

 

July 23, 2009

 

CoBiz Capital Trust III

 

20,619

 

20,619

 

3-month LIBOR+ 1.45%

 

September 30, 2035

 

September 30, 2010

 

Total junior subordinated debentures:

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

20,984

 

 

Fixed 9.00%

 

August 18, 2018

 

August 18, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

 

$

93,150

 

$

72,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In September 2003, the Company created a wholly owned trust, CoBiz Statutory Trust I, formed under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the Statutory Trust). The Statutory Trust issued $20,000,000 of trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. Simultaneously with the issuance, the Company purchased a minority interest in the Statutory Trust for $619,000. The Statutory Trust invested the proceeds thereof in $20,619,000 of junior subordinated debentures of CoBiz that also bear an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. The securities and junior subordinated debentures provide cumulative distributions at a floating rate that is reset each quarter on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17. The junior subordinated debentures will mature and the capital securities must be redeemed on September 17, 2033, which may be shortened to any quarterly distribution date, if certain conditions are met (including the Company having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve and any other required regulatory approvals) and notice is given at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date.

 

In May 2004, the Company created a wholly owned trust, CoBiz Capital Trust II, formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Capital Trust II). The Capital Trust II issued $30,000,000 of trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. Simultaneously with the issuance, the Company purchased a minority interest in the Capital Trust II for $928,000. The Capital Trust II invested the proceeds thereof in $30,928,000 of junior subordinated debentures of CoBiz that also bear an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. The securities and junior subordinated debentures provide cumulative distributions at a floating rate that is reset each quarter on January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23. The junior subordinated debentures will mature and the capital securities must be redeemed on July 23, 2034, which may be shortened to a date not earlier than July 23, 2009, if certain conditions are met (including the Company having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve and any other required regulatory approvals).

 

In August 2005, the Company created a wholly owned trust, CoBiz Capital Trust III, formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Capital Trust III). The Capital Trust III issued $20,000,000 of trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. Simultaneously with the issuance, the Company purchased a minority interest in the Capital Trust III for $619,000. The Capital Trust III invested the proceeds thereof in $20,619,000 of junior subordinated debentures of CoBiz that also bear an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. The securities and junior subordinated debentures provide cumulative distributions at a floating rate that is reset each quarter on March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30. The junior subordinated debentures will mature and the capital securities must be redeemed on September 30, 2035, which may be shortened to a date not earlier than September 30, 2010, if certain conditions are met (including the Company having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve and any other required regulatory approvals).

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

The Company records the distributions of the junior subordinated debentures in interest expense on the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. All of the outstanding junior subordinated debentures may be prepaid if certain events occur, including a change in tax status or regulatory capital treatment of trust preferred securities. In each case, redemption will be made at par, plus the accrued and unpaid distributions thereon through the redemption date.

 

Although the accounts of the Statutory Trust, Capital Trust II and Capital Trust III are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, $70,000,000 in trust preferred securities issued by the trusts are included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes as allowed by the Federal Reserve Board at December 31, 2008. On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board finalized a rule that would continue to allow the inclusion of trust preferred securities issued by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts in Tier 1 capital, but with stricter quantitative and qualitative standards. Under the rule, new quantitative limits become effective March 31, 2009 where the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements would be limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill that has been reduced by any associated deferred tax liability. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to certain restrictions.

 

The Company completed a private placement of $20,984,000 of Subordinated Unsecured Promissory Notes (the Notes) during the third and fourth quarter of 2008.  The notes will mature in 2018, 10 years after the initial issue date (August 18, 2008).  The notes bear a fixed annual interest rate of 9.00%, pay interest quarterly, and can be prepaid at par without penalty at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the initial issue date.  The Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes.  Certain employees and directors of the Company participated in the private placement.  At December 31, 2008, $3,550,000 in Notes and $27,000 in accrued interest, respectively, were owed to related parties.

 

10.            DERIVATIVES

 

Asset/Liability Management Hedges — As part of its overall risk management, the Company pursues various asset and liability management strategies, which may include obtaining derivative financial instruments to mitigate the impact of interest-rate fluctuations on the Company’s net interest margin.

 

SFAS 133, as amended and interpreted, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and hedging activities. As required by SFAS 133, the Company records all derivatives on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. Derivatives used to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives used to hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. In order to qualify for hedge accounting, the Company must comply with detailed rules and strict documentation requirements at the inception of the hedge, and hedge effectiveness must be assessed at inception and periodically throughout the life of each hedging relationship.

 

The Company’s objective in using derivatives is to minimize the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the Company’s interest income and to reduce asset sensitivity. To accomplish this objective, the Company uses interest-rate swaps as part of its cash flow hedging strategy. Under the interest-rate swap agreements, the Company receives a fixed-rate and pays a variable-rate based on the prime rate (Prime) over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying principal amount. For accounting purposes, these swaps are designated as hedging the overall changes in cash flows related to portfolios of the Company’s Prime-based loans. Specifically, the Company has designated as the hedged transactions the first Prime-based interest payments received by the Company each calendar month during the term of the swaps that, in the aggregate for each period, are interest payments on principal from specified portfolios equal to the notional amount of the swaps.

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

Based on the Company’s ongoing assessments, including at inception of the hedging relationship, it is probable that there will be sufficient Prime-based interest receipts through the maturity date of the swaps. The Company also monitors the risk of counterparty default on an ongoing basis. The Company uses the “Hypothetical Derivative Method” method described in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. G7, Cash Flow Hedges: Measuring the Ineffectiveness for a Cash Flow Hedge under Paragraph 30(b) When the Shortcut Method Is Not Applied, for both prospective and retrospective assessments of hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis. The Company also uses this methodology to measure hedge ineffectiveness each quarter. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is initially reported in other comprehensive income (outside of earnings) and subsequently reclassified to earnings (“interest income on loans” for the hedging relationships described above) when the hedged transactions affect earnings. Any ineffectiveness resulting from the hedges are recorded as a gain or loss in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income as part of noninterest income.

 

Prepayments in the hedged loan portfolios are accounted for consistent with the guidance in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. G25, Cash Flow Hedges: Using the First-Payments-Received Technique in Hedging the Variable Interest Payments on a Group of Nonbenchmark-Rate-Based Loans, which allows the designated forecasted transactions to be the variable Prime-rate-based interest payments on a rolling portfolio of pre-payable interest-bearing loans using the first-payments-received technique as described above, thereby allowing interest payments from loans that prepay to be replaced with interest payments from new loan originations.  Proceeds received or paid upon termination of derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges are deferred in other comprehensive income and amortized into income over the remaining life of the hedged item.

 

As described in the table below, at December 31, 2008, derivatives designated as cash flow hedges had a net fair value of $3,586,000. The change in net unrealized gains of $2,465,000 (net of income tax expense of $936,000) in 2008 for derivatives designated as cash flow hedges is separately disclosed in the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income. The amount of hedge ineffectiveness for cash flow hedges was not material in 2008.

 

Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest income as interest payments are received on the Company’s hedged Prime-based loans. The change in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedges reflects a reclassification of $2,109,000 of net unrealized gains from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest income during 2008. During 2009, the Company estimates that gains of $2,631,000 will be reclassified out of other comprehensive income (loss).

 

Customer Accommodation Derivatives — The Company offers an interest-rate hedge program that includes derivative products such as swaps, caps, floors and collars to assist its customers in managing their interest-rate risk profile. In order to eliminate the interest-rate risk associated with offering these products, the Company enters into derivative contracts with third parties to offset the customer contracts.

 

Derivatives — Summary Information:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Hedged

 

 

 

Estimated

 

Hedged

 

 

 

Estimated

 

(In thousands)

 

Item

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

 

Item

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset/liability management hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge — interest rate swaps

 

$

90,000

 

$

90,000

 

$

3,586

 

$

135,000

 

$

135,000

 

$

1,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer accommodation derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap

 

 

 

$

63,133

 

$

(7,055

)

 

 

$

21,996

 

$

1,104

 

Reverse interest rate swap

 

 

 

63,133

 

6,686

 

 

 

21,996

 

(1,104

)

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

The Company offsets the fair value of derivative instruments covered under master netting arrangements. At December 31, 2008, derivative instruments with a fair value of $6,772,000 were included in the caption “Other assets” and $3,555,000 were included in the caption “Other liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

The weighted-average interest rates for interest-rate swap positions outstanding at December 31, 2008, were as follows:

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

 

 

Rate

 

Rate

 

 

 

Received

 

Paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset/liability hedges

 

6.9

%

3.6

%

Customer accommodation derivatives

 

4.5

%

4.5

%

 

Investment securities with an approximate fair value of $2,157,000 and $2,595,000 were pledged to collateralize derivative instruments at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

 

In February 2009, the Company executed a series of interest-rate swap transactions designated as cash flow hedges that are effective for interest payments starting in 2010.  The intent of the transactions is to fix the effective interest rate for payments due on its junior subordinated debentures with the objective of reducing the Company’s exposure to adverse changes in cash flows relating to payments on its LIBOR-based floating rate debt.  The swaps will be in force for varying lengths of time ranging from five to 14 years.  Select critical terms of the cash flow hedges are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed

 

Termination

 

Hedged item

 

Notional

 

Rate

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CoBiz Statutory Trust I

 

$

20,000

 

6.04

%

March 17, 2015

 

CoBiz Capital Trust II

 

$

30,000

 

5.99

%

April 23, 2020

 

CoBiz Capital Trust III

 

$

20,000

 

5.02

%

March 30, 2024

 

 

11.            INCOME TAXES

 

The components of consolidated income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, are as follows:

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal tax expense

 

$

8,364

 

$

13,502

 

$

12,955

 

State tax expense

 

1,214

 

1,724

 

1,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current tax expense

 

9,578

 

15,226

 

14,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax benefit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal tax benefit

 

(8,445

)

(1,322

)

(1,004

)

State tax benefit

 

(1,224

)

(191

)

(142

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax benefit

 

(9,669

)

(1,513

)

(1,146

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total tax expense (benefit)

 

$

(91

)

$

13,713

 

$

13,299

 

 

The primary component of the deferred tax benefit for 2008, 2007, and 2006 is $8,525,000, $826,000 and $586,000, respectively, attributable to timing differences in the allowance for loan and credit losses.

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

A deferred tax asset or liability is recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense, and unrealized gains and losses, for financial and tax reporting purposes. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, a valuation allowance was not recorded as it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The net change in deferred taxes related to investment securities available for sale and cash flow hedges are included in other comprehensive income. The temporary differences, tax effected, which give rise to the Company’s net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007, are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and credit losses

 

$

16,361

 

$

7,836

 

Valuation adjustments of investment securities and OREO

 

1,449

 

 

Deferred loan fees

 

588

 

1,000

 

Supplemental executive retirement plan and other accrued liabilities

 

1,736

 

1,418

 

Stock-based compensation

 

1,000

 

537

 

Depreciation on premises and equipment

 

781

 

919

 

Other

 

91

 

193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

22,006

 

$

11,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

$

1,554

 

$

1,396

 

Deferred initial direct loan costs

 

1,172

 

1,092

 

Prepaid assets

 

1,022

 

986

 

FHLB stock dividends

 

830

 

649

 

Net unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale and derivatives

 

341

 

4

 

Other

 

154

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

5,073

 

$

4,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

16,933

 

$

7,723

 

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to the Company’s actual income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, is shown below:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computed at the statutory rate (35%)

 

$

433

 

$

12,858

 

$

12,644

 

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income taxes — net of federal income tax effect

 

(6

)

1,120

 

969

 

Tax exempt interest income on loans and securities

 

(406

)

(327

)

(287

)

Bank-owned life insurance income

 

(410

)

(345

)

(351

)

Meals and entertainment

 

167

 

168

 

164

 

Nondeductible stock-based compensation

 

104

 

179

 

218

 

Interest deduction disallowance

 

83

 

95

 

99

 

Other — net

 

(56

)

(35

)

(157

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual tax provision

 

$

(91

)

$

13,713

 

$

13,299

 

 

FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, no amounts were recognized for tax benefits relating to uncertain tax positions taken during those years.

 

Penalties and interest are classified as income tax expense when incurred. There were no penalties or interest recognized for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in several state jurisdictions. The following are the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company and its affiliates operate and the earliest tax year subject to examination:

 

Jurisdiction

 

Tax year

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

2005

 

Colorado

 

2004

 

Arizona

 

2004

 

 

12.               SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Common Stock — At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has reserved the following shares of its authorized but unissued common stock for possible future issuance in connection with the following:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise and future grants of stock options

 

3,696,494

 

2,514,372

 

Exercise of stock warrants

 

895,968

 

 

Issuance pursuant to employee stock plans

 

36,493

 

104,467

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,628,955

 

2,618,839

 

 

Preferred Stock — The Board of Directors is authorized, among other things, to fix the designation and the powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights for preferred shares.  On December 17, 2008, the Company amended its articles of incorporation, to establish a Series B

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

Preferred Stock and fix the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

On December 19, 2008, as part of the Capital Purchase Program promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury (the Treasury ) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program authorized by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the Company and the Treasury entered into a Letter Agreement, which incorporates by reference the Securities Purchase Agreement - Standard Terms (together, the Purchase Agreement), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury, for an aggregate purchase price of $64,450,000, (1) 64,450 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the Series B Preferred Stock) and (2) a warrant (the Warrant) to purchase 895,968 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at an exercise price of $10.79 per share.  The Warrant was immediately exercisable upon issuance provided that Treasury has agreed not to exercise the warrant for more than 447,984 shares of common stock until the earlier of the date on which the Company has received aggregate gross proceeds from a qualified equity offering of at least $64,450,000 and December 31, 2009.

 

The Series B Preferred Stock pays cumulative dividends, on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, at an annual rate of 5% for the first five years and 9% thereafter.  At December 31, 2008, the Company had accrued dividends of $107,000.  The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than class voting rights on certain matters that could adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock.  The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) that was signed into law on February 17, 2009 allows for the redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock without limitation if the approval of the Federal Reserve is obtained.

 

The Series B Preferred Stock ranks senior to common stock in terms of dividend payments and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company.  A merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company will not, however, constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company for purposes of the payment of any distribution on the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Based on the guidance in Accounting Principles Board No. 14, Accounting for Convertible Debt and Debt issued with Stock Purchase Warrants, the Company allocated the $64,450,000 in proceeds between the Series B Preferred Stock and the Warrant in accordance with their relative fair values at the time of issuance.  Of the total proceeds, $61,447,000 was allocated to the Series B Preferred Stock and $3,003,000 was allocated to the Warrant.  The $3,003,000 allocated to the Warrant also represents a discount on the Series B Preferred Stock that is being accreted from the date of issue to the fifth anniversary, at which time the rate increases to 9%.

 

Dividends — At December 31, 2008, the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock, if it determines to do so, was largely dependent upon the payment of dividends by the Bank. At December 31, 2008, the Bank could have paid total dividends to the Company of approximately $56,135,000 without prior regulatory approval.

 

Dividends on the Company’s capital stock (common and preferred stock) are prohibited under the terms of the junior subordinated debenture agreements (see Note 9 — Long Term Debt) if the Company is in continuous default on its payment obligations to the capital trusts, has elected to defer interest payments on the debentures or extends the interest payment period.  At December 31, 2008, the Company was not in default on any of the junior subordinated debt issuances.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement executed in the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, the ability of the Company to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of its common stock will be subject to restrictions in the event that the Company fails to declare and pay full dividend on the Series B Preferred Stock.  In addition, the Company may not increase its dividend prior to the earlier of  1) three years from the date of the Purchase Agreement or 2) the date on which the Series B Preferred Stock is redeemed in whole.

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

Dividends paid per common share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $0.28, $0.26 and $0.22, respectively.

 

Secondary Offering — On January 24, 2007, pursuant to a shelf registration originally filed on December 19, 2006, the Company sold 975,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $20.90. In conjunction with the offering, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and two members of its Board of Directors (Selling Shareholders) sold 2,425,262 shares of common stock. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the Selling Shareholders.

 

Repurchase Program — On July 19, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program for the repurchase of up to 5% or 1,200,207 shares of its outstanding common stock. The program concluded on November 19, 2007, when all authorized shares had been repurchased. The shares were repurchased at a weighted-average price of $16.72 and a total cost of $20,062,000.

 

13.               EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

 

Income available to common shareholders and the weighted-average shares outstanding, used in the calculation of Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, are as follows:

 

 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

1,328

 

$

23,024

 

$

22,826

 

Less: preferred stock dividends

 

(124

)

 

 

Net Income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,204

 

$

23,024

 

$

22,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares - issued

 

23,194,504

 

23,552,075

 

22,545,964

 

Less: average nonvested restricted share awards

 

(112,192

)

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic

 

23,082,312

 

23,552,075

 

22,545,964

 

Effect of dilutive nonvested share awards and stock options

 

172,262

 

538,193

 

818,736

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

 

23,254,574

 

24,090,268

 

23,364,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.01

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.96

 

$

0.98

 

 

At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 1,906,000, 837,706, and 363,824 dilutive securities (options and warrants), respectively, were excluded from the earnings per share computation solely because their effect was anti-dilutive.  All shares of restricted stock are deducted from weighted average common shares outstanding for the computation of basic earnings per share.  Performance based restricted stock awards are included in the dilutive earnings per share calculation at the beginning of the period in which the performance goal was met.

 

14.               EMPLOYEE BENEFIT AND STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

 

Stock Options — The Company has adopted several incentive stock option plans to reward and provide long-term incentives for directors and key employees of the Company. The term of all options issued may not exceed 10 years. The Company issues new shares upon exercise of a stock option award.

 

The 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the 1995 Plan) authorizes the issuance of 445,332 shares of Common Stock. One-fourth of the options included under the 1995 Plan vest on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant. Under the 1995 Plan, Incentive Stock Options may not be granted at an

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

exercise price of less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. No additional shares under the 1995 Plan are available to be granted.

 

The 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the 1997 Plan) authorizes the issuance of 227,331 shares at not less than the market value of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. The majority of the options issued under the 1997 Plan are exercisable commencing one year from the date of grant and vest 25% per year thereafter becoming fully exercisable after four years. No additional shares under the 1997 Plan are available to be granted.

 

The 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the 1998 Plan) authorizes the issuance of 956,250 shares of Common Stock. The exercise price for options granted under the 1998 Plan must be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The 1998 Plan permits the granting of Incentive Stock Options and nonqualified stock options. Options granted under the 1998 Plan have vesting schedules ranging from immediately exercisable to being exercisable four years from the grant date. No additional shares under the 1998 Plan are available to be granted.

 

The 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2002 Plan) authorizes the issuance of 975,000 shares of Common Stock. Under the 2002 Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Company has the authority to determine the identity of the key employees, consultants, and directors who shall be granted options; the option price, which shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant; and the manner and times at which the options shall be exercisable. Shares available for grant under the 2002 Plan at December 31, 2008 totaled 94,173.

 

At the Annual Shareholder Meeting held May 15, 2008, the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2005 Plan) was amended to increase the authorized shares available under the plan by 1,500,000 shares to 2,750,000 shares.  The 2005 Plan was also amended to increase the shares available for restricted stock awards by 250,000 shares to 500,000 shares. Under the 2005 Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Company has the authority to determine the identity of the key employees, consultants and directors who shall be granted options; the option price, which shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant; and the manner and times at which the options shall be exercisable. Shares available for grant at December 31, 2008, totaled 1,314,849.

 

During 2008, 2007, and 2006, the Company recognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, of $1,762,000, $1,524,000, and $1,140,000, respectively, for stock-based compensation awards for which the requisite service was rendered during the year.

 

SFAS 123(R) requires the Company to select a valuation technique that meets the measurement criteria set forth in the standard. Valuation techniques that meet the criteria for estimating the fair values of employee stock options include a lattice model and a closed-form model (for example, the Black-Scholes formula). The Company is currently using the Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of stock options.  Restricted stock awards fair values are based on the closing price of the Company stock on the award date.

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (the Model). The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant. The expected term of options granted is based on the options’ vesting schedule and the Company’s historical exercise patterns for different employee groups and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock and vesting period of the option to be issued. The dividend yield is determined by annualizing the dividend rate as a percentage of the Company stock price at the time of grant. The following weighted-average assumptions were used for grants issued during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006:

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Range

 

Weighted

 

Range

 

Weighted

 

Range

 

 

 

Average

 

Low

 

High

 

Average

 

Low

 

High

 

Average

 

Low

 

High

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.91

%

1.11

%

3.46

%

4.50

%

2.91

%

4.94

%

4.90

%

4.35

%

5.12

%

Expected dividend yield

 

2.34

%

1.88

%

3.76

%

1.32

%

1.09

%

1.81

%

1.01

%

0.85

%

1.09

%

Expected volatility

 

33.73

%

29.37

%

54.26

%

28.14

%

26.53

%

29.12

%

30.81

%

27.90

%

33.88

%

Expected life (years)

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

The summary of changes in shares under option and restricted stock awards for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, is as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Stock Options

 

Shares

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Shares

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Shares

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding — beginning

 

2,201,722

 

$

14.85

 

2,137,626

 

$

12.84

 

2,203,184

 

$

10.54

 

Granted

 

368,794

 

12.28

 

481,751

 

19.53

 

342,001

 

21.47

 

Exercised

 

98,532

 

6.51

 

369,386

 

8.76

 

339,277

 

5.66

 

Forfeited

 

184,512

 

16.46

 

48,269

 

19.50

 

68,282

 

17.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding — ending

 

2,287,472

 

$

14.66

 

2,201,722

 

$

14.85

 

2,137,626

 

$

12.84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable — ending

 

1,619,517

 

$

13.92

 

1,419,800

 

$

12.14

 

1,520,230

 

$

10.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

Shares

 

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

 

Shares

 

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

 

Shares

 

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested — beginning

 

2,000

 

$

21.07

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

220,500

 

6.87

 

2,000

 

21

 

 

 

Vested

 

400

 

21.07

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

5,000

 

6.87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested — ending

 

217,100

 

$

6.97

 

2,000

 

$

21.07

 

 

$

 

 

There were 2,253,280 options vested or expected to vest with a weighted-average price of $14.65 at December 31, 2008. The weighted-average remaining terms for options outstanding, vested or expected to vest and options exercisable at the end of the period were 4.3, 4.2 and 3.7 years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding, vested or expected to vest and options exercisable at the end of the period was $828,000, $827,000, and $811,000, respectively. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $2.57, $4.57 and $4.96, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $560,000, $3,841,000, and $5,093,000, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2008, there was $3,224,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.

 

At December 31, 2008, a summary of the Company’s stock options outstanding are as follows:

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Options outstanding

 

Options exercisable

 

Range of
Exercise Price

 

Number
Outstanding

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life
(Years)

 

Number
Exercisable

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$4.58 - $9.35

 

388,682

 

$

7.61

 

1.8

 

380,182

 

$

7.61

 

$9.61 - $12.00

 

502,745

 

11.12

 

3.8

 

478,995

 

11.14

 

$12.01 - $13.93

 

410,240

 

12.88

 

5.9

 

133,389

 

13.63

 

$13.99 - $19.81

 

408,750

 

18.52

 

4.6

 

324,363

 

18.81

 

$19.82 - $21.65

 

548,488

 

20.93

 

4.9

 

282,985

 

21.02

 

$21.70 - $23.35

 

28,567

 

22.90

 

4.5

 

19,603

 

22.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,287,472

 

$

14.66

 

4.3

 

1,619,517

 

$

13.92

 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan — In January 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the adoption of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), which provides that all employees may elect to have a percentage of their payroll deducted and applied to the purchase of Common Stock at a discount. In addition, the Company may make a matching contribution up to 50% of an employee’s deduction toward the purchase of additional Common Stock. No matching contribution was made for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. The Company has reserved 36,493 shares for issuance under the terms of the ESPP at December 31, 2008. The ESPP is administered by a committee of two or more directors who are not employees or officers of the Company and are appointed by the Board of Directors. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, 67,974, 47,278, and 36,901 shares, respectively, were issued.

 

Employee 401(k) Plan — The Company has a defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their compensation with the Company’s discretionary matching within the limits defined for a 401(k) Plan. Employer contributions charged to expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, were $1,953,000, $1,724,000, and $1,428,000, respectively and are included in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income under the caption “Salaries and employee benefits.”

 

F-40


 


Table of Contents

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan — The Company maintains a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) for five active key executives. The plan provides for target retirement benefits, as a percentage of pay, beginning at age 60 or after ten years of service and are paid as a monthly benefit for a ten-year period. The target percentage is 50% of pay based on the executives’ average monthly compensation during any five calendar years during which the executives’ compensation is highest during participation. Benefits under the SERP are vested 20% for each year of service and are 100% vested after five years of service.  At December 31, 2008, all participants were fully vested.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had accrued $2,834,000 and $2,119,000, respectively, for the expected benefits under the SERP which are included in the consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Accrued interest and other liabilities.”

 

15.               COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Lease Commitments — The Company has various operating lease agreements for office space. Most of the leases are subject to rent escalation provisions in subsequent years and have renewal options at the end of the initial lease terms. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, was $5,065,000, $4,415,000, and $4,273,000, respectively. In 1998, certain officers and directors acquired the building in which the corporate office is located and certain banking operations are performed. At December 31, 2008, one director has a remaining interest in the building. Additionally, two bank branches are leased from entities controlled by a director of the Company. Rent payments for the related party leases for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, were $2,018,000, $1,907,000, and $1,738,000, respectively.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company owed $199,000 and $108,000, respectively, to entities controlled by the related party that is included in the consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Accrued interest and other liabilities.”

 

Future minimum lease payments at December 31, 2008, under all noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

$

5,358

 

2010

 

4,404

 

2011

 

4,263

 

2012

 

3,803

 

2013

 

3,009

 

Thereafter

 

7,551

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

28,388

 

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk — In the normal course of business the Company has entered into financial instruments which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company had the following commitments at December 31, 2008:

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to originate commercial or real estate construction loans and unused lines of credit granted to customers

 

$

582,739

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to originate consumer loans — personal lines of credit and equity lines

 

$

41,820

 

 

 

 

 

Overdraft protection plans

 

$

14,343

 

 

 

 

 

Letters of credit

 

$

54,608

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded commitments for unconsolidated investments

 

$

2,180

 

 

 

 

 

Company guarantees

 

$

1,673

 

 

Commitments to Originate — The Company makes contractual commitments to extend credit and provide standby letters of credit, which are binding agreements to lend money to its customers at predetermined interest rates for a specific period of time. These commitments are not held for sale. The credit risk involved in issuing these financial instruments is essentially the same as that involved in granting on-balance sheet financial instruments. As such, the Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. However, the Company applies the same credit policies, standards, and ongoing reassessments in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for loans. In addition, the amount and type of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary upon extension of a loan commitment or standby letter of credit, is essentially the same as the collateral requirements provided for loans. Additional risk associated with providing these commitments arises when they are drawn upon, such as the demands on liquidity the Company would experience if a significant portion were drawn down at the same time. However, this is considered unlikely, as many commitments expire without being drawn upon and therefore do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

Overdraft Protection Plans — The Company provides personal credit lines on customer accounts to advance funds to cover overdrafts.

 

Letters of Credit — The Company provides standby and commercial letters of credit during the normal course of business. Standby letters of credit guarantee performance of a customer to a third party while commercial letters of credit guarantee payments on behalf of our customers.

 

Unfunded Commitments for Unconsolidated Investments — The Company has committed to purchase up to $10,000,000 in limited partnership interests of four entities, of which $2,180,000 is unfunded at December 31, 2008. Certain shareholders and directors also have interests in some of these entities.

 

Company Guarantees — The Company guarantees, to the issuing merchant banks, the credit card debt and merchant processing transactions for certain customers.

 

Federal Reserve Bank Stock — The fair value of the Federal Reserve Bank stock approximates its carrying value, which is based on the redemption provisions of the Federal Reserve Bank.  At December 31, 2008, the Company held 69,792 shares of Federal Reserve Bank stock with a fair value of

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

$3,490,000 (par value of $50).   This investment represents 50% of the subscription amount due to the Federal Reserve to become a member bank and the stock cannot be sold, traded, or pledged as collateral for loans.  Although the probability is remote, the remaining 50% or $3,490,000 due to the Federal Reserve Bank may be callable at their discretion.

 

Employment Contracts — Certain officers of the Company have entered into employment agreements providing for salaries and fringe benefits. In addition, severance is provided in the event of termination for other than cause, and under certain changes in control, a payment is required.  However, the ARRA prohibits the payment of golden parachutes to certain executive officers, which may prohibit payments of severance payments.

 

Indemnification Agreements — We are subject to certain indemnification obligations in conjunction with agreements signed with officers and directors of the Company.  The Indemnification Agreements require the Company to indemnify against judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlements incurred in connection with civil or criminal action or proceedings, as it relates to their services to the Company.  To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the Indemnitee will be covered to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director or officer of the Company.  However, certain indemnification payments may not be covered under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage.  The rights of the Indemnitee under the Indemnification Agreement are in addition to any rights the Indemnitee may have under the Company’s articles of incorporation or bylaws.  While the likelihood is remote, performance under these indemnifications could materially affect net income in a particular quarter or annual period.

 

Other Matters — The Company is involved in various lawsuits which have arisen in the normal course of business. It is management’s opinion, based upon advice of legal counsel, that the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits will not have a material impact upon the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

 

16.               REGULATORY MATTERS

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company and the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators regarding components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of Tier 1 and Total  Capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier I capital to average assets. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, management believes the Company and Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

At December 31, 2008, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Bank’s categories.

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the Company and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios and regulatory thresholds at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

2008

 

Holding

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Company

 

Bank

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity/ GAAP capital

 

$

252,099

 

$

227,725

 

 

 

Disallowed goodwill and other intangibles

 

(50,196

)

(3,365

)

 

 

Unrealized loss on available for sale securities

 

1,668

 

1,668

 

 

 

Accumulated net gains on cash flow hedges

 

(2,223

)

(2,223

)

 

 

Subordinated debentures

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

Other deductions

 

(298

)

 

 

 

Tier I regulatory capital

 

$

271,050

 

$

223,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated debentures

 

20,984

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

27,760

 

27,532

 

 

 

Total risk-based regulatory capital

 

$

319,794

 

$

251,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

Risk-based

 

Leverage

 

(In thousands)

 

Tier I

 

Total Capital

 

Tier I

 

Regulatory capital

 

$

271,050

 

$

319,794

 

$

271,050

 

Minimum capital requirement

 

88,217

 

176,433

 

104,584

 

Regulatory capital - excess

 

$

182,833

 

$

143,361

 

$

166,466

 

Capital ratios

 

12.3

%

14.5

%

10.4

%

Minimum capital requirement

 

4.0

%

8.0

%

4.0

%

Well capitalized requirement

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

 

 

Risk-based

 

Leverage

 

(In thousands)

 

Tier I

 

Total Capital

 

Tier I

 

Regulatory capital

 

$

223,805

 

$

251,337

 

$

223,805

 

Minimum capital requirement

 

87,480

 

174,960

 

103,995

 

Regulatory capital - excess

 

$

136,325

 

$

76,377

 

$

119,810

 

Capital ratios

 

10.2

%

11.5

%

8.6

%

Minimum capital requirement

 

4.0

%

8.0

%

4.0

%

Well capitalized requirement

 

6.0

%

10.0

%

4.0

%

 

F-44



Table of Contents

 

2007

 

Holding

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Company

 

Bank

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity/ GAAP capital

 

$

189,270

 

$

224,560

 

 

 

Disallowed goodwill and other intangibles

 

(45,497

)

(3,365

)

 

 

Unrealized loss on available for sale securities

 

690

 

690

 

 

 

Accumulated net gains on cash flow hedges

 

(696

)

(696

)

 

 

Subordinated debentures

 

63,088

 

 

 

 

Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries

 

1,663

 

 

 

 

Other deductions

 

(261

)

 

 

 

Tier I regulatory capital

 

$

208,257

 

$

221,189

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated debentures

 

6,912

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

20,620

 

20,620

 

 

 

Total risk-based regulatory capital

 

$

235,789

 

$

241,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company

 

 

 

Risk-based

 

Leverage

 

(In thousands)

 

Tier I

 

Total Capital

 

Tier I

 

Regulatory capital

 

$

208,257

 

$

235,789

 

$

208,257

 

Minimum capital requirement

 

88,254

 

176,507

 

91,294

 

Regulatory capital - excess

 

$

120,003

 

$

59,282

 

$

116,963

 

Capital ratios

 

9.4

%

10.7

%

9.1

%

Minimum capital requirement

 

4.0

%

8.0

%

4.0

%

Well capitalized requirement

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

 

 

Risk-based

 

Leverage

 

(In thousands)

 

Tier I

 

Total Capital

 

Tier I

 

Regulatory capital

 

$

221,189

 

$

241,809

 

$

221,189

 

Minimum capital requirement

 

86,152

 

172,304

 

91,011

 

Regulatory capital - excess

 

$

135,037

 

$

69,505

 

$

130,178

 

Capital ratios

 

10.3

%

11.2

%

9.7

%

Minimum capital requirement

 

4.0

%

8.0

%

4.0

%

Well capitalized requirement

 

6.0

%

10.0

%

5.0

%

 

17.               COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

Comprehensive income is the total of (1) net income plus (2) all other changes in net assets arising from nonowner sources, and are referred to as other comprehensive income. Presented below are the changes in other comprehensive income which consist of unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities and derivatives, net of tax for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006:

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income — before tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (loss) gain on available for sale securities — net of reclassification to operations of $(1,657), $(494), and $(1,766)

 

$

(1,579

)

$

1,320

 

$

4,223

 

Unrealized gain on derivative securities — net of reclassification to operations of $2,109, $(1,436), and $(2,093)

 

2,465

 

2,906

 

1,036

 

Tax expense related to items of other comprehensive income

 

(337

)

(1,606

)

(1,998

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income — net of tax

 

$

549

 

$

2,620

 

$

3,261

 

 

F-45



Table of Contents

 

18.               FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 157, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  SFAS No. 157 applies to reported balances that are required or permitted to be measured at fair value under existing accounting pronouncements; accordingly, the standard does not require any new fair value measurements of reported balances.  The effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonrecurring fair value measurements of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities has been delayed until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008.  Accordingly, the Company will apply the requirements of SFAS 157 to the evaluation of goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment beginning January 1, 2009.

 

SFAS 157 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement.  Therefore, a fair value measurement should be determined using assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.  As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).

 

Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (other than quoted prices), such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

 

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which is typically based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity.

 

In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

 

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value effective January 1, 2008.

 

Available for sale securities — At December 31, 2008, the Company holds, as part of its investment portfolio, available for sale securities reported at fair value consisting of Mortgage-Backed Securities (MBS), obligations of states and political subdivisions, corporate debt securities and trust preferred securities.  The fair value of the majority of MBS, obligations of states and political subdivisions and corporate debt securities are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including matrix pricing and broker-quote based applications.  Inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, issuer spreads, prepayment speeds and other relevant items.  As a result, the Company has determined that these valuations fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.  Certain private label MBS are valued using broker-dealer quotes.  As the private label MBS market has become increasingly illiquid, these security valuations are more often based on modeling techniques and not observable trades.  Accordingly, the Company has assessed the input level and has reported the private label MBS as a Level 3 input.  The Company also holds trust preferred securities that are recorded at fair value based

 

F-46



Table of Contents

 

on quoted market prices.  As a result, the Company has determined that the valuation of its trust preferred securities falls within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  At December 31, 2008, the Company recognized an OTTI of $1,657,000 on two securities, which are recognized at fair value on a recurring basis.  The OTTI included a $1,279,000 write down resulting from an increase in the credit risk associated with a single issuer trust preferred security.  Also included in the OTTI is a write down of $378,000 on a FNMA perpetual preferred security.  The OTTI is included as a component of “loss on sale of other assets and securities” in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

Derivative financial instruments — Currently, the Company uses interest rate swaps as part of its cash flow strategy to manage its interest rate risk.  The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including strike price, forward rates, volatility estimates and discount rates.   The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments) and the discounted expected variable cash payments (or receipts).  The variable cash payments (or receipts) are based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves.

 

To comply with the provisions of SFAS 157, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated into the valuation to appropriately reflect both the Company’s own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements.  The Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings and thresholds, by adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk.

 

Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties.  However, at December 31, 2008, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives.  As a result, the Company has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Private equity investments — The valuation of nonpublic private equity investments requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such assets.  The carrying values of private equity investments are adjusted either upwards or downwards from the transaction price to reflect expected exit values as evidenced by financing and sale transactions with third parties, or when determination of a valuation adjustment is confirmed through ongoing reviews by management.  A variety of factors are reviewed and monitored to assess positive and negative changes in valuation including, but not limited to, current operating performance and future expectations of the particular investment, industry valuations of comparable public companies, changes in market outlook and the third-party financing environment.  In determining valuation adjustments resulting from the investment review process, emphasis is placed on current company performance and market conditions.  As a result, the Company has determined that private equity investments are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  The value of private equity investments was not material at December 31, 2008.

 

Impaired Loans — Certain collateral-dependent impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral.  Impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral, which is typically derived from appraisals that take into consideration prices in observed transactions involving similar assets and similar locations, in accordance with SFAS 114.  The fair value of other impaired loans is measured using a discounted cash flow analysis.

 

F-47



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2008, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value measurements using:

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance at
December 31,
2008

 

Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

437,812

 

$

 

$

434,103

 

$

3,709

 

Trust preferred securities

 

22,750

 

22,750

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

13,429

 

 

13,429

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

2,515

 

 

2,515

 

 

Total available for sale securities

 

$

476,506

 

$

22,750

 

$

450,047

 

$

3,709

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge - interest rate swap

 

$

3,586

 

$

 

$

3,586

 

$

 

Reverse interest rate swap

 

6,686

 

 

6,686

 

 

Total derivative assets

 

$

10,272

 

$

 

$

10,272

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap

 

$

7,055

 

$

 

$

7,055

 

$

 

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of assets measured at fair value, on a recurring basis, using Level 3 inputs follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

Investment
securities
available for
sale

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

 

$

 

Transfers into Level 3

 

7,911

 

Unrealized loss included in comprehensive income

 

(4,202

)

Balance at December 31, 2008

 

$

3,709

 

 

Fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain financial assets and financial liabilities in specific circumstances.  The following table presents the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2008, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

 

F-48



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Fair value measurements using:

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance at
December 31,
2008

 

Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

 

Loans (impaired)

 

$

35,683

 

$

 

$

27,448

 

$

8,235

 

 

The Company recorded an allowance for loan losses of $6,274,000 on impaired loans of $39,786,000 at December 31, 2008.

 

The following table includes the estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments made in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (SFAS 107). The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis are discussed above.  The methodologies for estimating the fair value for other financial assets and financial liabilities disclosed in accordance with SFAS 107 are discussed below.  The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data in order to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

(In thousands)

 

Carrying
Value

 

Estimated
Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Value

 

Estimated
Fair
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

45,489

 

$

45,489

 

$

49,626

 

$

49,626

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

479,197

 

476,506

 

379,677

 

378,565

 

Investment securities held to maturity

 

376

 

374

 

470

 

473

 

Other investments

 

23,566

 

23,566

 

16,628

 

16,628

 

Loans — net

 

1,988,402

 

2,044,024

 

1,826,283

 

1,841,732

 

Other real estate owned

 

5,941

 

5,941

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

8,617

 

8,617

 

10,201

 

10,201

 

Interest rate swap

 

6,772

 

6,772

 

1,341

 

1,341

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

30,718

 

30,718

 

29,546

 

29,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

1,639,031

 

1,641,555

 

1,742,689

 

1,743,390

 

Other short-term borrowings

 

543,063

 

543,063

 

197,444

 

197,444

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

133,478

 

131,463

 

168,336

 

164,615

 

Accrued interest payable

 

1,614

 

1,614

 

3,160

 

3,160

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

20,984

 

24,649

 

 

 

Interest rate swap

 

3,555

 

3,555

 

218

 

218

 

 

The estimation methodologies utilized by the Company are summarized as follows:

 

F-49



Table of Contents

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Other Investments — The estimated fair value of other investments approximates their carrying value.

 

Loans — The fair value of fixed-rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. In computing the estimate of fair value for all loans, the estimated cash flows and/or carrying value have been reduced by specific and general reserves for loan losses.

 

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) OREO represents real property taken by the Bank either through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu thereof from the borrower.  OREO is measured at the lower of cost or fair value, less selling costs.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable/Payable — The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable/payable is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to the short-term nature of these amounts.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance — The carrying amount of bank-owned life insurance is based on the cash surrender value of the policies.

 

Deposits — The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the expected life using an index of the U.S. Treasury curve. Nonmaturity deposits are reflected at their carrying value.

 

Short-Term Borrowings — The estimated fair value of variable-rate short-term borrowings approximates their carrying value.

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase — Estimated fair value is based on discounting cash flows for comparable instruments.

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures — The estimated fair value of junior subordinated debentures approximates their carrying value.

 

Subordinated Notes Payable — The estimated fair value of subordinated notes payable is based on discounting cash flows for comparable instruments.

 

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit — The Company’s off-balance sheet commitments are funded at current market rates at the date they are drawn upon. It is management’s opinion that the fair value of these commitments would approximate their carrying value, if drawn upon.

 

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management at December 31, 2008 and 2007. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

 

19.               SEGMENTS

 

The Company’s principal areas of activity consist of commercial banking, investment banking, investment advisory and trust services, insurance and corporate support and other.

 

The Company distinguishes its commercial banking segments based on geographic markets served. Currently, we report the CBB and ABB banking markets as a single segment, commercial banking.

 

F-50


 


Table of Contents

 

The investment banking segment consists of the operations of GMB, which provides middle-market companies with merger and acquisition advisory services, institutional private placements of debt and equity, and other strategic financial advisory services.

 

The investment advisory and trust segment consists of the operations of ACMG, Wagner and CoBiz Trust. ACMG and Wagner are SEC-registered investment management firms that manage stock and bond portfolios for individuals and institutions. CoBiz Trust offers wealth management and investment advisory services, fiduciary services, and estate administration services.

 

The insurance segment includes the activities of FDL and CoBiz Insurance, Inc. FDL provides employee benefits consulting and brokerage, wealth transfer planning and preservation for high-net-worth individuals, and executive benefits and compensation planning. FDL represents individuals and companies in the acquisition of institutionally priced life insurance products to meet wealth transfer and business needs. Employee benefit services include assisting companies in creating and managing benefit programs such as medical, dental, vision, 401(k), disability, life and cafeteria plans. CoBiz Insurance, Inc. provides commercial and personal property and casualty insurance brokerage, as well as risk management consulting services to individuals and small and medium-sized businesses. The majority of the revenue for both FDL and CoBiz Insurance is derived from insurance product sales and referrals, paid by third-party insurance carriers. Insurance commissions are normally calculated as a percentage of the premium paid by our clients to the insurance carrier, paid to us by the insurance carrier for distributing and servicing their insurance products.

 

Corporate support and other consists of activities that are not directly attributable to the other reportable segments. Included in this category are the activities of centralized bank operations and activities of the Parent.

 

The financial information for each business segment reflects that information which is specifically identifiable or which is allocated based on an internal allocation method. Results of operations and selected financial information by operating segment are as follows:

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

December 31, 2008

 

Commercial

 

Investment

 

Advisory

 

 

 

Support and

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

and Trust

 

Insurance

 

Other

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

144,736

 

$

38

 

$

3

 

$

4

 

$

127

 

$

144,908

 

Total interest expense

 

43,988

 

 

8

 

11

 

5,550

 

49,557

 

Provision for loan losses

 

39,796

 

 

 

 

 

39,796

 

Noninterest income

 

8,785

 

5,055

 

6,345

 

15,113

 

101

 

35,399

 

Noninterest expense

 

33,098

 

5,117

 

6,223

 

14,090

 

31,189

 

89,717

 

Management fees and allocations

 

26,889

 

265

 

518

 

652

 

(28,324

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

3,075

 

(99

)

(113

)

187

 

(3,141

)

(91

)

Net income (loss)

 

6,675

 

(190

)

(288

)

177

 

(5,046

)

1,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,919

 

827

 

72

 

255

 

82

 

4,155

 

Capital expenditures

 

3,497

 

32

 

61

 

119

 

28

 

3,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2008 —

Identifiable assets

 

$

2,629,082

 

$

6,670

 

$

9,025

 

$

28,706

 

$

10,792

 

$

2,684,275

 

 

F-51



Table of Contents

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

Commercial

 

Investment

 

Advisory

 

 

 

Support and

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

and Trust

 

Insurance

 

other

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$154,211

 

$129

 

$2

 

$5

 

$163

 

$154,510

 

Total interest expense

 

60,756

 

 

 

4

 

5,851

 

66,611

 

Provision for loan losses

 

3,965

 

 

 

 

(29

)

3,936

 

Noninterest income

 

7,398

 

6,681

 

4,763

 

9,397

 

50

 

28,289

 

Noninterest expense

 

28,444

 

5,949

 

4,335

 

9,497

 

27,290

 

75,515

 

Management fees and allocations

 

23,045

 

321

 

402

 

703

 

(24,471

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

16,710

 

218

 

45

 

(260

)

(3,000

)

13,713

 

Net income

 

28,689

 

322

 

(17

)

(542

)

(5,428

)

23,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,769

 

63

 

150

 

662

 

98

 

3,742

 

Capital expenditures

 

3,039

 

95

 

18

 

32

 

1

 

3,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2007

Identifiable assets

 

$2,348,520

 

$7,636

 

$9,661

 

$19,810

 

$5,385

 

$2,391,012

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

Commercial

 

Investment

 

Advisory

 

 

 

Support and

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

and Trust

 

Insurance

 

Other

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

136,119

 

$

95

 

$

23

 

$

13

 

$

194

 

$

136,444

 

Total interest expense

 

51,575

 

 

 

4

 

5,436

 

57,015

 

Provision for loan losses

 

1,394

 

 

 

 

(52

)

1,342

 

Noninterest income

 

6,225

 

6,214

 

4,141

 

13,094

 

291

 

29,965

 

Noninterest expense

 

20,701

 

5,129

 

3,571

 

11,450

 

31,076

 

71,927

 

Management fees and allocations

 

27,571

 

271

 

310

 

548

 

(28,700

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

15,015

 

366

 

122

 

469

 

(2,673

)

13,299

 

Net income (loss)

 

26,088

 

543

 

161

 

636

 

(4,602

)

22,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

3,033

 

45

 

139

 

644

 

107

 

3,968

 

Capital expenditures

 

2,493

 

63

 

170

 

565

 

74

 

3,365

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2006 —

Identifiable assets

 

$

2,071,416

 

$

9,369

 

$

6,131

 

$

22,436

 

$

3,071

 

$

2,112,423

 

 

20.            CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY

 

                Condensed financial statements pertaining only to CoBiz Financial Inc. are presented below. Investments in subsidiaries are stated using the equity method of accounting.

 

F-52



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash on deposit at subsidiary bank

 

$

54,966

 

$

505

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

278,325

 

267,752

 

Accounts receivable from subsidiaries

 

5,075

 

8,235

 

Other

 

13,571

 

7,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

351,937

 

$

284,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable to subsidiaries

 

$

60

 

$

154

 

Long-term debt

 

93,150

 

72,166

 

Other short-term borrowings

 

 

17,070

 

Other liabilities

 

6,628

 

5,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

99,838

 

94,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

252,099

 

189,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

351,937

 

$

284,159

 

 

F-53



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management fees

 

$

4,583

 

$

4,495

 

$

4,289

 

Interest income

 

151

 

180

 

178

 

Other income

 

125

 

73

 

295

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

4,859

 

4,748

 

4,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

4,836

 

4,680

 

4,540

 

Interest expense

 

5,575

 

5,863

 

5,454

 

Other expense

 

2,629

 

2,436

 

2,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

13,040

 

12,979

 

12,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

 

(8,181

)

(8,231

)

(7,300

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

3,135

 

2,982

 

2,703

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

(5,046

)

(5,249

)

(4,597

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

6,374

 

28,273

 

27,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,328

 

$

23,024

 

$

22,826

 

 

F-54



Table of Contents

 

(In thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,328

 

$

23,024

 

$

22,826

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

(6,374

)

(28,273

)

(27,423

)

Stock-based compensation

 

339

 

291

 

1,140

 

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

(159

)

(1,060

)

(905

)

Change in other assets and liabilities

 

(4,965

)

1,313

 

1,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(9,831

)

(4,705

)

(3,195

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash paid in earn-outs

 

 

(438

)

(206

)

Net cash paid for Wagner acquisition

 

 

(2,037

)

 

Net cash paid for BDA acquisition

 

(6,781

)

 

 

Net advances (repayments) to subsidiaries

 

7,971

 

(7,996

)

(6,283

)

Other

 

 

 

8

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

1,190

 

(10,463

)

(6,545

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) from other short-term borrowings

 

(17,070

)

17,070

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock-net

 

1,245

 

23,095

 

2,650

 

Payments to repurchase common stock-net

 

 

(20,062

)

 

Proceeds from the issuance subordinated promissory notes-net

 

20,900

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Preferred Stock-net

 

64,398

 

 

 

Dividends

 

(6,613

)

(6,173

)

(4,960

)

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

159

 

1,060

 

905

 

Other

 

83

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

63,102

 

14,991

 

(1,405

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

54,461

 

(177

)

(11,145

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of year

 

505

 

682

 

11,827

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents — end of year

 

$

54,966

 

$

505

 

$

682

 

 

F-55



Table of Contents

 

21.               SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

The table below sets forth unaudited financial information for each quarter of the last two years:

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

December 31,
2008

 

September 30,
2008

 

June 30,
2008

 

March 31,
2008

 

December 31,
2007

 

September 30,
2007

 

June 30,
2007

 

March 31,
2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

35,820

 

$

36,052

 

$

35,639

 

$

37,397

 

$

40,164

 

$

39,703

 

$

38,286

 

$

36,357

 

Interest expense

 

10,181

 

11,814

 

12,143

 

15,419

 

17,275

 

17,413

 

16,581

 

15,342

 

Net interest income

 

25,639

 

24,238

 

23,496

 

21,978

 

22,889

 

22,290

 

21,705

 

21,015

 

Net income

 

(8,613

)

4,163

 

4,183

 

1,595

 

5,474

 

6,007

 

5,660

 

5,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share—basic

 

$

(0.38

)

$

0.18

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.07

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share—diluted

 

$

(0.38

)

$

0.18

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.07

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.24

 

 

The net loss in the quarter ended December 31, 2008 was primarily caused by an increase in the provision for loan losses that totaled $23,444,000.

 

******

 

F-56